171 87 43MB
English Pages 928 [932] Year 1986
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding Proceedings International Symposium Organized by EUCARPIA September 8-13,1985, Berlin (West), Germany Editors W Horn • C. J. Jensen W Odenbach • O. Schieder
W G DE
Walter de Gruyter • Berlin • New York 1986
Editors W o l f g a n g H o r n , Prof. Dr. agr. Lehrstuhl für Z i e r p f l a n z e n b a u Technische Universität M ü n c h e n D-8050 München Federal R e p u b l i c o f G e r m a n y C. J o h n J e n s e n , Dr. R i s o N a t i o n a l Laboratory Post B o x 4 9 DK-4000 Roskilde Denmark Werner O d e n b a c h , Prof. Dr. rer. nat. O t t o Schieder, Prof. Dr. rer. nat. Freie U n i v e r s i t ä t Berlin Institut für A n g e w a n d t e G e n e t i k Albrecht-Thaer-Weg 6 D - 1 0 0 0 Berlin 3 3 Germany
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication
Data
Genetic manipulation in plant breeding. Bibliography: p Includes indexes. 1. Plant-breeding-Congresses. 2. Plant p r o p a g a t i o n - I n v i t r o Congresses. 3. Plant genetic engineering-Congresses. I. Horn, Wolfgang, 1925 - . II. Eucarpia. SB123.G396 1986 631.5'23 86-19721 ISBN 0-89925-100-5 (U.S.)
CIP-Kurztiteiaufnahme
der Deutschen
Bibliothek
Genetic manipulation in plant breeding : proceedings internat, symposium, Sept. 8 - 1 3 , 1 9 8 5 , Berlin (West), Germany / organized by E U C A R P I A . Ed. W Horn . . . - Berlin ; New York : de Gruyter, 1986. ISBN 3-11-010596-9 NE: Horn, Wolfgang [Hrsg.]; European Association for Research on Plant Breeding.
Copyright © 1986 by Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin 30. All rights reserved, including those of translation into foreign languages. N o part of this book may be reproduced in any form - by photoprint, microfilm or any other means nor transmitted nor translated into a machine language without written permission from the publisher. Printing: Gerike G m b H , Berlin. - Binding: D. Mikolai, Berlin. - Printed in Germany.
PREFACE
The international symposium, "Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding", was held at the Freie Universität Berlin, West Berlin, Germany, September 8-13, 1985. It was arranged as a joint symposium of the two sections of EUCARPIA (The European Association for Research on Plant Breeding), "Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding", and "Ornamentals". The symposium consisted of 9 sessions each of which concentrated on specific topics presented as invited papers, specialized papers, posters or workshop discussions. The purpose of the symposium was to provide a forum for discussion of scientific and technical achievements within the broad field of genetic manipulation of plants. The symposium promoted interaction between plant breeders and scientists interested in a wide scope of activities: from classical cytogenetic breeding aspects to current cell biological and genetic manipulation techniques. From the outset of the planning of the symposium the organizers thought that a written documentation in the form of proceedings would justify the effort of authors, editors and publishers especially as this would be a volume bridging the established genetic manipulation to the more futuristic activities in genetic manipulation. The proceedings deal with the use of mutation in breeding research, followed by cytogenetics and polyploidy to induction and use of haploidy. In-vitro propagation together with vegetative reproduction and regeneration and the occurrence of variation in in-vitro cultures is preceeded by somatic hybridization and cybridization. The isolation, cloning, transformation, and expression of foreign genetic material and actual transformation constitute the truly molecular part of the proceedings. The proceedings volume is aptly concluded by the combination of old and new techniques in the use of molecular biology methods in plant improvement. All papers bear with them the actuality of this en-
VI larging field of biotechnology. For this reason, this volume should be highly recommended for the busy breeder - to obtain a quick but thorough overview of basic plant biotechnology. In addition to the invited papers and the specialized papers the volume contains most of the poster material as brief papers. Although two to four pages cannot always do justice to the quality and information contained in a well presented poster, the organizers preferred this solution to the normal poster-abstract only policy of most current proceedings. It is therefore with great pleasure that the editors wish to thank the contributors to this proceedings volume for their own efforts. Special thanks are expressed to the secretary of the organizing committee, Heidi Jaiser-Gerlach, for her never-failing and energetic input to help to organize the presented material. It goes without saying that the organizers wish to express thanks for the generous assistance given to the symposium and to the cost of the proceedings. This help is gratefully acknowledged and detailed elsewhere here. Further, the proceedings would not have come to reality without the positive co-operation of the publishers. Lastly, the co-editors
(W.H., C.J.J, and O.S.) wish to express a
personal thank you to Professor W. Odenbach who carried most of the burden from the planning stage, throughout the symposium to the actual printing of the proceedings. W. Horn, C.J. Jensen, W. Odenbach and 0. Schieder
EDITORS ANNOUNCEMENT The manuscripts are printed as delivered and are not under the responsibility of the editors.
VII ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The o r g a n i z a t i o n
of t h i s s y m p o s i u m
t h a n k s to g e n e r o u s
assistance
The S e n a t e Deutsche This
support
is o n c e
We f u r t h e r m o r e for
wish
travel
able to
has b e e n m a d e
by
of B e r l i n
(West)
Forschungsgemeinschaft again
possible
gratefully
to a c k n o w l e d g e
(DFG).
acknowledged.
special
c o s t s of p a r t i c i p a n t s
grants
otherwise
couldn't
be
attend
for p r i n t i n g from the following
the p r o c e e d i n g s
of t h e
Symposium
donors:
Daimler-Benz
AG,
Stuttgart-Untertürkheim
A. F i s c h e r ,
Hannover
Hoechst
Frankfurt
Imperial
AG,
Chemical
Industries
Ltd.,
Runcorn,
Cheshire
Krüss , Hamburg Pelargonien
Fischer,
Hillscheid
Saaten-Union , Hannover Schering
AG,
The N i c k e r s o n Walz,
Berlin. Seed Company
Stuttgart.
Ltd.,
Rothwell,
Lincoln
C O N T E N T S PART U S E OF
MUTATION
1
IN B R E E D I N G
RESEARCH
H a r t e n , A . M . v a n , a n d C. B r o e r t j e s Mutation breeding: a stepping stone between Gregor Mendel and g e n e t i c m a n i p u l a t i o n (a t r e a t i s e f o r v e g e t a t i v e l y propagated crops) H a g b e r g , A. Induced structural K r e f t , I. Evaluation conformity
3
17 rearrangements 37
a n d s e l e c t i o n of m u t a t i o n s to p l a n t i d e o t y p e
Harten, A.M. van, and E.C.J. Chemically induced mutations x hybrida
Bal for male
on t h e
basis of
their 43
sterility
M u n c k , l_. , K. B a n g - O l s e n a n d B. S t i l l i n g G e n o m e a d j u s t m e n t by b r e e d i n g to b a l a n c e h i g h - l y s i n e m u t a n t s of b a r l e y
in
Petunia 49
yield
defects
in
A b d e l - H a f e z , A.G., M.S. El-Keredy and A.A. B a s s i o n i S e l e c t i o n of r u s t r e s i s t a n t w h e a t a f t e r m u t a g e n e s i s
61
D e n i c , M . , S. R a t k o v i c , J . D u m a n o v i c , D. M i s e v i c U s e o f m a i z e m u t a n t s in b r e e d i n g for i m p r o v e m e n t protein quality
65 of
E l - K e r e d y , M . S . , a n d A. G. A b d e l - H a f e z P r o m i s i n g r i c e m u t a n t s for d e v e l o p e d p r o d u c t i o n K o n s t a n t i n o v , K . , M. D e n i c a n d V. S u k a l o v i c C y t o p l a s m i c m a l e s t e r i l i t y in m a i z e - n u c l e a r chondrial genome interdependence Rao, R., M.R. Mogno and M.S. Grillo G e n e t i c s t u d i e s and i n h e r i t a n c e of seed of p e a c h r o m o s o m e m u t a n t s
PART CYTOGENETICS
69 73
and
mito77
storage
protein
2
AND
POLYPLOIDY
C a u d e r o n , Y. C y t o g e n e t i c s in b r e e d i n g p r o g r a m m e s d e a l i n g w i t h interspecific hybridization and introgression Krolow, K.-D., and A.J. Lukaszewski T e t r a p l o i d t r i t i c a l e - a t o o l in h e x a p l o i d breeding
83 polyploidy,
105 triticale
X Ramanna, M.S. I n s t a b i l i t y in tomato lines with the cycle
breakage-fusion-bridge
Friedt, W. The p r e s e n t status of breeding a u t o t e t r a p l o i d Schlegel , R., R. Kynast and J.-C. S c h m i d t Alien c h r o m o s o m e t r a n s f e r from w h e a t into
119
123
cereals
129
rye
Cermeno, M.C., B. Friebe, F.J. Zeller and K.-D. Krolow N u c l e o l a r c o m p e t i t i o n in d i f f e r e n t (A/B)(A/B)RR and DDRR genomes of t e t r a p l o i d t r i t i c a l e s
137
Errico, A., and C. C o n i c e l l a I d e n t i f i c a t i o n of i n t e r c h a n g e s
141
in wild species of
Pisum
Farcy, E. , C. Mousset, D. M a i z o n n i e r and A. Cornu G e n e t i c r e g u l a t i o n of m e i o t i c r e c o m b i n a t i o n in Petunia hybrida
145
G e r d e m a n n , M., and M.D. S a c r i s t a n A t t e m p t s to t r a n s f e r r e s i s t a n c e to Phoma lingam from B r a s s i c a j u n c e a and B. carinata to B. napus t h r o u g h i n t e r s p e c i f i c h y b r i d i z a t i o n f o l l o w e d by o v u l e c u l t u r e
149
H a j o s - N o v a k , M., A. Balint, A.H. Nagy and G. Vida A n a l y s i s of ADH1 locus in t e t r a p l o i d corn /Zea mays
153
L./
H u t c h i n s o n , J., and J. Postoyko C - b a n d i n g of Avena s p e c i e s
157
Jaarsma, T.A. A study of n u c l e i c acids in the S y m p h y t u m o f f i c i n a l e species complex and S. a s p e r u m : m i c r o d e n s i t o m e t r y of n u c l e a r DNA in leaf cells
161
Jouve, N., A. B e r n a r d o , M. G a r c i a , P. G a r c i a and C . S o l e r C - b a n d i n g and i s o z y m e m a r k e r s to a n a l y z e the s e g r e g a t i o n of rye c h r o m o s o m e s in the p r o g e n i e s of t r i t i c a l e x w h e a t hybrids
163
J.ung, C., and H. L o p t i e n Breeding n e m a t o d e - r e s i s t a n t
167
sugar
beets
Kralj , D. , and M. Kump P o l y p l o i d y in hop b r e e d i n g , H u m u l u s l u p u l u s
L.
171
Lange , W. R e c o n s t i t u t i o n of h e x a p l o i d w h e a t from T r i t i c u m d i c o c coides (AABB, 2n=28) and T. t a u s c h i i (DD, 2n=14)
175
Lin d e - L a u r s e n , I., and R. von Bothmer P r e f e r e n t i a l loss and gain of s p e c i f i c H o r d e u m v u l g a r e c h r o m o s o m e s in hybrids with t h r e e alien s p e c i e s ?
179
M a i z o n n i e r , D., A. Cornu, E. Farcy and P. de G e n e t i c and c y t o l o g i c a l maps in Petunia
183
Vlaming
XI
Marrewij k , G.A.M. van, and L.C.J.M. Suurs B i o c h e m i c a l c h a r a c t e r i z a t i o n of c y t o p l a s m i c l i t y in P e t u n i a h y b r i d a M a s t n a k - C u l k , C., a n d F. S u s n i k C y t o g e n e t i c s t u d i e s of the p o l y p l o i d s l u p u l u s L. M i a z g a , D., Cytogenetic additions
C. T a r k o w s k i a n d s t u d i e s of w h e a t
187 male
steri191
of
hop,
M. C h r z a s t e k lines with rye
Humulus 195
chromosome
M i l l e t , E., Y. A v i v i a n d M. F e l d m a n S u b s t i t u t i o n of c h r o m o s o m e 5S of A e g i l o p s l o n g i s s i m a for i t s g r o u p - 5 h o m o e o l o g u e s of c o m m o n w h e a t
199
R o u p a k i a s , D.G. Interspecific hybridization between nensis: p r o s p e c t s and limitations
203
Singh, A.K. A l i e n g e n e t r a n s f e r in manipulations (ICRISAT
V.
faba
V.
PART AND
and
genome 211
distant
hybrids
3
U S E OF
HAPLOIDS
S n a p e , J . W . , E. S i m p s o n , B.B. P a r k e r , W. F r i e d t a n d B. F o r o u g h i - W e h r C r i t e r i a f o r t h e s e l e c t i o n a n d use of d o u b l e d h a p l o i d in c e r e a l b r e e d i n g p r o g r a m m e s Jensen, • C.J. Haploid induction
217 systems 231
and
production
in
crop
plants
Johansson,L.B. E f f e c t s of a c t i v a t e d c h a r c o a l , c o l d t r e a t m e n t C O 2 - c o n c e n t r a t i o n s o n e m b r y o g e n e s i s in a n t h e r Ockendon, D.J. U t i l i s a t i o n of
narbo207
g r o u n d n u t by p l o i d y C . P . N o . 277)
W a n g , X. The p o t e n t i a l for i m p r o v i n g the primary o f c o m m o n w h e a t by a n t h e r c u l t u r e
INDUCTION
and
257 and e l e v a t e d cultures 265
anther
culture
in b r e e d i n g
Bj 0 r n s t a d , A. The r o l e of l i n k a g e a n d r e c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h H o r d e u m b u l b o s u m L.
Brussels
sprouts 273
in b a r l e y
breeding
Bj 0 r n s t a d , A. Partial incompatibility between Scandinavian six-rowed b a r l e y s a n d H o r d e u m b u l b o s u m L. a n d its g e n e t i c a l b a s i s
275
B r e u e r , R . , W. Recent results
279
Kysely and on s o m a t i c
H.-J. Jacobsen e m b r y o g e n e s i s in pea
and
bean
XII
B u c h t e r - L a r s e n , A., a n d C . J . J e n s e n S u g a r b e e t (Beta v u l g a r i s L.) p o l l e n q u a l i t y a s s e s s m e n t a n d e f f e c t of i r r a d i a t i o n as m e a s u r e d by f l u o r o c h r o m a t i c r e a c t i o n a n d in v i t r o g e r m i n a t i o n
283
C a l i g a r i , P . D . S . , W. P o w e l l a n d J . L . J i n k s T h e d e t e c t i o n of l i n k a g e u s i n g d o u b l e d h a p l o i d s
287
D i e u , P., a n d M. B e c k e r t T h e e f f e c t of an e l e v a t e d C C ^ - c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h c o l d t r e a t m e n t s in m a i z e (Zea m a y s L.)
in
barley 291
in c o m b i n a t i o n anther culture
D u m a s d e V a u l x , R . , a n d D. C h a m b o n n e t O b t e n t i o n o f e m b r y o s a n d p l a n t s f r o m in v i t r o u n f e r t i l i z e d o v u l e s of C u c u r b i t a pepo
295 culture
F r i e d t , W . , a n d B. F o r o u g h i - W e h r A g r o n o m i c value of a n d r o g e n e t i c d o u b l e d h a p l o i d line c o m p a r e d to c o n v e n t i o n a l l y s e l e c t e d s p r i n g b a r l e y H a d w i g e r , M . A . , a n d E. H e b e r l e - B o r s P o l l e n p l a n t p r o d u c t i o n in T r i t i c u m D ' H a l l u i n , K., a n d B. P r o d u c t i o n of h a p l o i d ovule culture
Keimer sugarbeets
of 299 as 303
turgidum
(Beta
ssp.
vulgaris
durum
L.)
by
K e i j z e r , C.J., H.J. W i l m s , A.C. van Aelst and H.B. Leferink-ten Klooster T o w a r d s the i s o l a t i o n of sperm cells for a n d r o g e n i c purposes K ö h l e r , F., G. W e n z e l , I. A b e n t h u m a n d H . G l a s e r R e g e n e r a t i o n and s e l e c t i o n of i s o l a t e d m i c r o s p o r e s Hordeum vulgare M e y n e t , J. P o s s i b i l i t i e s of o b t a i n m e n t h a p l o i d s in G e r b e r a
307
311
of
315
319 and
utilization
of
doubled
N i e m i r o w i c z - S z c z y t t , K. C o n t r i b u t i o n to t h e s t u d i e s on t h e f i r s t , g e n e r a t i v e progeny of Fragaria x Ananassa p o l y h a p l o i d s
323
Powell, W., P.D.S. Caligari and J.L. Jinks A c o m p a r i s o n of c r o s s p r e d i c t i o n m e t h o d s in s p r i n g
327
P r a k a s h , J., Androgenesis
barley
and K.L. Giles in o i l s e e d r a p e
P r a k a s h , J., and K.L. P r o d u c t i o n of d o u b l e d
Giles haploids
331 335 in o r i e n t a l
lilies
R y ö p p y , P., J. H o n k a n e n and P . M . A . T i g e r s t e d t I n c r e a s i n g the e f f i c i e n c y of t r i t i c a l e anther
339 culture
XIII S a r r a f i , A., R. E c o c h a r d , C. P l a n c o n a n d M. A l i - S a d i q G e n e t i c g a i n for s o m e a g r o n o m i c a l c h a r a c t e r s by d i h a p l o i d b r e e d i n g in b a r l e y
343
S c h m i d , J., and E.R. K e l l e r E f f e c t of a g a m e t o c i d e on t h e i n d u c t i o n Triticum aestivum
347 of h a p l o i d s
in
S p e c k m a n , G . J . , J . P . C . van G e y t and M. J a c o b s The i n d u c t i o n of h a p l o i d s of s u g a r b e e t (Beta v u l g a r i s L.) u s i n g a n t h e r a n d f r e e p o l l e n c u l t u r e or o v u l e and ovary culture
351
S w a a i j , A . C . van, and E. J a c o b s e n Frost tolerant plants obtained from proline cell lines
355
U i j t e w a a l , B . A . , a n d W.M. H a t t h e i j S o m a t i c c e l l g e n e t i c s of p o t a t o . I. U s e of
accumulating 359 monohaploids
Z a g o r s k a , N . A . , M . D . A b a d j i e v a and H.K. O a n h F a c t o r s a f f e c t i n g c a l l u s and p l a n t p r o d u c t i o n c u l t u r e s of t o m a t o
in
anther
361
PART 4 IN-VITRO
PROPAGATION
B o r n m a n , C . H . , R. V a n k o v a a n d L.O. B j ö r n R o l e o f m e t h o d o l o g y in f a c i l i a t i n g a p p l i c a t i o n culture techniques P r e i l , W. In v i t r o p r o p a g a t i o n and b r e e d i n g of o r n a m e n t a l a d v a n t a g e a n d d i s a d v a n t a g e of v a r i a b i l i t y
of
tissue
plants:
S i n k , K . C . , L.W. H a n d l e y , R.P. N i e d z a n d P.P. M o o r e P r o t o p l a s t c u l t u r e and use of r e g e n e r a t i o n a t t r i b u t e s select somatic hybrid tomato plants Z e n k t e l e r , M., and A. SI u s a r k i e w i c z - J a r z i n a S e x u a l r e p r o d u c t i o n in p l a n t s by a p p l y i n g t h e m e t h o d t e s t t u b e f e r t i l i z a t i o n of o v u l e s B e c k e r , U., and G. R e u t h e r C y t o g e n e t i c s t u d i e s in c a l l u s
367
377
405 to
of
415
425 c u l t u r e s of A s p a r a g u s
M a l e p s z y , S., A. N a d o l s k a - O r c z y k and W. O r c z y k S y s t e m s for R e g e n e r a t i o n of C u c u m i s s a t i v u s p l a n t s
off. 429 in
vitro
J a m e s , D . J . , A.J. P a s s e y , K . A . D . M a c K e n z i e , O.P. J o n e s and E.C. M e n h i n i c k R e g e n e r a t i o n of t e m p e r a t e f r u i t t r e e s in v i t r o via o r g a n o g e n e s i s and e m b r y o g e n e s i s
433
XIV F o r d - L l o y d , B . V . , a n d S. B h a t Problems and prospects for the breeding
437 u s e of
protoplasts
in
beet
S t e f f e n , A., T. E r i k s s o n a n d 0. S c h i e d e r S h o o t r e d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of A g r o b a c t e r i u m t r a n s f o r m e d p r o t o p l a s t s and plant tissue - with conventional methods not achievable
441
J a c o b s e n , H . - J . , a n d W. K y s e l y I n d u c t i o n of in v i t r o - r e g e n e r a t i o n v i a s o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s in pea ( P i s u m s a t i v u m ) a n d b e a n ( P h a s e o l u s v u l g a r i s )
445
A n d e r s e n , J . M . , F. O k k e l s , P. U l s k o v a n d J. M a r c u s s e n E n d o g e n o u s c y t o k i n i n s d u r i n g e m b r y o g e n e s i s in a c a r r o t cell suspension
449
B h a t , S., B . V . F o r d - L l o y d a n d J . A . C a l l o w T i s s u e a n d p r o t o p l a s t c u l t u r e in c u l t i v a t e d
453 beets
E r i k s e n , F . D . , C . J . J e n s e n a n d P. O l e s e n P r o t o p l a s t f o r m a t i o n in c e r e a l s - an a s s e s s m e n t F i l i p p o n e , E., a n d T. C a r d i E x p l o i t a t i o n for b r e e d i n g of e x pla nt s
457 461
in v i t r o
culture
of
pea
G e y t , J . P . C . v a n , K. C l a e s , A . H . S . S e n a n a y a k e and M.Jacobs S o m e a s p e c t s of t h e in v i t r o c u l t u r e of t h e b e e t (Beta v u l g a r i s L.)
465
H y r k a s , K . , M. K i v i n e n a n d P . M . A . T i g e r s t e d t I n t e r s p e c i f i c h y b r i d i z a t i o n of red clover (Trifolium p r a t e n s e L.) w i t h a l s i k e c l o v e r ( T r i f o l i u m h y b n d u m L.) u s i n g in v i t r o e m b r y o r e s c u e
469
J e n s e n , C . J . , A. B u c h t e r - L a r s e n , D. C a s s , E . C . T h o r n , K. E n g e l l a n d P. O l e s e n P o l l e n a n d o v u l e c u l t u r e s of b a r l e y to i s o l a t e , m a n i p u l a t e a n d t r a n s f e r s p e r m c e l l s in in v i t r o f e r t i l i z a t i o n
473
Jensen, C.J., and E.C. Thorn S t r a t e g i e s in h i g h f r e q u e n c y r e g e n e r a t i o n f r o m h a p l o i d c e l l a n d t i s s u e c u l t u r e s of b a r l e y
477 diploid
L i n a c e r o , R., and A.M. V a z q u e z S o m a c l o n a l v a r i a t i o n in p l a n t s r e g e n e r a t e d c a l l u s e s in r y e ( S e c a l e c e r e a l e L.)
from
L u h r s , R . , a n d H. L d r z Somatic e m b r y o g e n e s i s , cell and H o r d e u m v u l g a r e L. ( b a r l e y )
culture
and 479
embryo 483
protoplast
M a r i n o , G. I s o l a t i o n a n d c u l t u r e of p r o t o p l a s t s f r o m c a l l u s s u s p e n s i o n - c u I t u r e d c e l l s of P r u n u s c e r a s u s a n d Actinidia chinensis
of 487
and
XV M o r e n o , V., L. Z u b e l d i a , B. G a r c i a - S o g o , F. N u e z a n d L.A. Roig S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s in p r o t o p l a s t - d e r i v e d c e l l s of C u c u m i s m e l o L.
491
R u i z , M . L . , M . I . P e l a e z , J. R u e d a , F . J . E s p i n o a n d A.M. Vazquez A c o m p a r i t i v e s t u d y of c a l l u s f o r m a t i o n a n d p l a n t r e g e n e r a t i o n f r o m d i f f e r e n t e x p l a n t s of P h a s e o l u s v u l g a r i s a n d Ph. c o c c i n e u s
495
S t o l a r z , A . , a n d H. Lorz Somatic e m b r y o g e n e s i s , cell and p r o t o p l a s t t r i t i c a l e (x T r i t i c o s e c a l e W i t t m a c k )
499 culture
Z i m n y , J. , a n d H. Lorz S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s and p l a n t r e g e n e r a t i o n t e m a t i c t i s s u e of S e c a l e c e r e a l e (rye)
of 503
from
meris-
Zimny, J., and J.J. R y b c z y n s k i S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s of t r i t i c a l e PART SPONTANEOUS
AND
INDUCED
5
VARIATION
L ö r z , H., a n d P . T . H . B r o w n V a r i a b i l i t y in t i s s u e c u l t u r e d e r i v e d origins; a d v a n t a g e s and d r a w b a c k s C a s s e l l s , A . C . , M. C o l e m a n , G. E . M . G o e t z a n d V. B o y t o n Screening for virus resistance r e g e n e r a n t s and their progeny K a r p , A. Chromosome
507
FROM
IN-VITRO
CULTURES 513
plants
Farrell,
R.
in t i s s u e
-
possible
Long,
culture
535 adventitious 547
variation
in r e g e n e r a t e d
W a i t h e r , F., a n d A. S a u e r In v i t r o m u t a g e n e s i s in G e r b e r a N o v a k , F . J . , T. H e r m e l i n and S. In v i t r o m u t a g e n e s i s in m a i z e A h l o o w a l i a , B.S. S o m a c l o n e s of w h e a t callus
plants 555
jamesonii Daskalov
563 577
regenerated
from
primordial
leaf
A r c i o n i , S . , D. M a r i o t t i , F. D a m i a n i , M. P e z z o t t i S o m a c l o n a l v a r i a t i o n in L o t u s c o r n i c u l a t u s L.
581
B r y , L. de, M. J a c o b s , R . M . W a l l s g r o v e a n d B . J . M i f l i n P o t e n t i a l s y s t e m f o r t h e s p e c i f i c s e l e c t i o n of p l a n t mutants overproducing methionine
585
Collin, H.A., P.D. P u t w a i n and S.C. G i f f a r d E n h a n c e m e n t o f a s u l a m r e s i s t a n c e in b a r l e y
589
XVI C s e p l o , A., P. M e d g y e s y and E. H i d e g Triazine-re sistant Nicotians mutants trophic cell cultures
593 from
photomixo-
D e k e y s e r , A., P. D a b i n a n d J. B o u h a r m o n t U s e of in v i t r o c u l t u r e f o r i n d u c i n g v a r i a t i o n and fuchsia
597 in
rice
D i r k s , R . , I. N e g r u t i u a n d M. J a c o b s I s o l a t i o n of a u x o t r o p h i c m u t a n t s b a s e d on r e c o n s t r u c t i o n experiments with Nicotiana plumbaginifolia protoplasts
599
F i s h , N . , a n d A. K a r p A s t u d y on t h e e f f e c t o f d i f f e r e n t i n i t i a l c u l t u r e m e d i a on the c h r o m o s o m e stability of Solanum t u b e r o s u m cv. M a r i s B a r d p r o t o p l a s t d e r i v e d r é g é n é r a n t s
601
J o n g , J. de, a n d J . B . M . C u s t e r s T h e e f f e c t of e x p i a n t s o u r c e , in v i t r o r e g e n e r a t i o n a n d i r r a d i a t i o n o n v a r i a t i o n in y i e l d i n d u c e d in C h r y s a n t h e m u m morifolium
607
Jtfrgensen , R . B . , a n d B. A n d e r s e n T r a n s f e r of g e n e t i c m a t e r i a l to c u l t i v a t e d b a r l e y alien species through callus culture (preliminary
611
Linacero, R., and A.M. Vazquez S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s and plant t i s s u e s of Secale c e r e a l e L .
from results) 615
regeneration
Li Su N a m a n d L.E. H e s z k y T e s t i n g of salt (NaCl) t o l e r a n c e c a l l u s c u l t u r e (n, 2n) of r i c e
from
leaf 617
and r e g e n e r a t i o n
N i k o v a , V . M . , a n d N . A. Z a g o r s k a The use of t i s s u e c u l t u r e s for o b t a i n i n g sterile forms
in 621
tobacco
male
S c h i n k e l , C . , and T. L e l l e y S o m a c l o n a l v a r i a t i o n in t r i t i c a l e S j o d i n , C . , and K. G l i m e l i u s S e p a r a t i o n , i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and b i o l o g i c a l t o x i n p r o d u c e d by P h o m a l i n g a m
625 629 effects
of
a
S t e e n , P . , B. K e i m e r , K. D ' H a l l u i n , H . C . P e d e r s e n V a r i a b i l i t y in p l a n t s o f s u g a r b e e t (Beta v u l g a r i s L.) r e g e n e r a t e d from callus, ce11-sus pension and protoplasts
633
Thorn, E.C., and C.J. Jensen C h r o m o s o m a l v a r i a t i o n in r e g e n e r a t e d p l a n t s callus from crosses between Hordeum vulgare
637 from x H.
hybrid bulbosum
XVII
PART SOMATIC
HYBRIDIZATION
6 AND
CYBRIDIZATION
S c h i e d e r , 0 . , T. H e i n a n d H. K o h n P l a n t c e l l f u s i o n as a t o o l for g e n e t i c
641 manipulation
P e l l e t i e r , G . , C. P r i m a r d , F. V e d e l a n d P. C h e t r i t G e n e t i c i m p r o v e m e n t of c y t o p l a s m i c t r a i t s t h r o u g h c y t o p l a s m i c h y b r i d i z a t i o n in C r u c i f e r a e
653
G l i m e l i u s , K . , J. F a h l e s s o n , C. S j ô d i n , M. D j u p s j o b a c k a , H. F e l l n e r - F e l d e g g a n d Somatic hybridization and cybridization for w i d e n i n g of the g e n e - p o o l s of crops and S o l a n a c e a e
663
E. S u n d b e r g , H.T. Bonnett as p o t e n t i a l m e t h o d s within Brassicaceae
F o u l g e r , D . , N. D a r r e l l , N. F i s h , S . W . J . B r i g h t a n d M.G.K. Jones I n v e s t i g a t i o n s into t h e t r a n s f e r of g e n e t i c i n f o r m a t i o n bet w e e n s o l a n a c e o u s s p e c i e s a n d p o t a t o by s o m a t i c h y b r i d i z a t i o n
683
H o n k a n e n , J . , P. R y o p p i a n d P . M . A . T i g e r s t e d t P r o t o p l a s t c u l t u r e and f u s i o n of red and a l s i k e clover
685
J o s h i , C . P . , E. M ü l l e r - G e n s e r t , A. S t e f f e n , H . L ö r z a n d 0. S c h i e d e r Interclassica1 protoplast fusion between orchardgrass and Petunia
689
M e d g y e s y , P . , E. F e j e s a n d P. M a l i g a Interspecific chloroplast recombination somatic hybrid
693 in
a
Nicotiana
M u l l e r - G e n s e r t , E . , a n d 0. S c h i e d e r L o s s o f s p e c i e s - s p e c i f i c s e q u e n c e s in s o m a t i c h y b r i d s , o b t a i n e d by f u s i o n o f N i c o t i a n a t a b a c u m C N X p r o t o p l a s t s w i t h h e a v i l y X - i r r a d i a t e d N. p a n i c u l a t a p r o t o p l a s t s
697
Pennings, H.M.J. , L.J.W. S o m a t i c c e l l g e n e t i c s of somatic hybridization
701
G i l i s s e n a n d B. potato: variant
de G r o o t cell lines
and
P u i t e , K . J . , a n d S. R o e s t Somatic h y b r i d i z a t i o n between two N i c o t i a n a p l u m b a g i n i f o l i a l i n e s a n d b e t w e e n S o l a n u m t u b e r o s u m a n d S. p h u r e j a using electrofusion
703
K r u g e r , I . , M. H e r b e r t , R. W e n n i c k e , W. R e i t h , C. S c h n a r r e n b e r g e r , T. A m i r i a n d S t r u c t u r e and r e g u l a t i o n of c y t o s o l a n d i s o e n z y m e s in h i g h e r p l a n t s
705
W e i g e l t , B. P e l z e r J. S a l n i k o w plastid specific
S u n d b e r g , E . , a n d K. G l i m e l i u s R e s y n t h e s i s of B r a s s i c a n a p u s via s o m a t i c h y b r i d i z a t i o n : a m o d e l for p r o d u c t i o n of i n t e r s p e c i f i c h y b r i d s w i t h i n Brassiceae
709
XVIII
Tan, M.M.C., H.S. B o e r r i g t e r , A.J. Kool and J.G.T. Hermsen P r o t o p l a s t culture and plant r e g e n e r a t i o n of Solanum pennellii and Lycopersicon esculentum
713
Vries , S.E. de, E. Jacobsen, M. Tempelaar and M.G.K. Jones Somatic cell genetics of potato III: e l e c t r o f u s i o n of two amino acid a n a l o g u e - r e s i s t a n t cell lines
715
Primard, C., D. Martin, F. Vedel and G. Pelletier Cp and mt genome constitution of different somatic between Brassica napus and Brassica hirta
719 hybrids
PART 7 ISOLATION
AND CLONING
OF PLANT
GENES
Apel, a ~ E •O 3 O) c o — 3 •a -a c a) •H N
L-5 'I •— to 3 (-i O V "Ö Ö
to ^H
rH
cuttings were made and the resulting flowering plants were scored again for male sterility. Plants that still showed male sterility were indicated as 'stable' and entered into a crossing program. Control crosses were made with untreated BBF plants and with plants from
45 a non-segregating homozygous restorer line, indicated as R3-1. Fertility restoration is governed by dominant alleles. By combining the results from testcrosses and selfings of male fertile descendants the system of inheritance can be deducted for each MS plant, as is outlined in Fig. 1.
Results and discussion
In none of the treatments with EB, involving about 30,000 seeds, stable MS plants were produced. Rather unexpectedly, the EB treatments, which did not show MS plants, did not produce chlorophyll mutations either. This observation casts some doubt on the assumed specific activity of EB on extranuclear DNA. As the rate of survival of EB-treated seeds was much lower than in the controls, there is no evidence of inactivity of the chemical involved.
Fig. 1. Testing the nature of chemically induced male sterility in petunia.
TESTCROSSES 1
2
MS ^ x B B F '
MS x R3-1
SELFING F
PLANTS
3)
0% sterile: existing - 100% sterile:
CMS-type
CMS
y
100% sterile: new CMS-type
- 50% sterile: dominant GMS -
0% sterile:
- 25% sterile: recessive GMS -
0% sterile: physiological damage
1)
= male sterile;
2)
= Blue Bedder Fertile;
3)
= restorer line
46 From treatments with ENU, also with about 30,000 seeds, altogether 29 stable MS plants were obtained (Table 1). The highest concentration after which a reasonable number of seedlings survived, was about 25 mM ENU. In the first experiments the rate of emergence of treated seeds and the number of plants that has been transferred to the field was very low, i.e. not higher than 12%. Later (Table 1, Expt. 4), due to improved cultural conditions, up to 63% of the initially treated seeds resulted in plants in the field. From Table 1 it can be concluded that for ENU treatments the percentage of chlorophyll aberrations went up with an increasing concentration of ENU. In some of the MS plants only a single flowering branch showed male sterility. From such chimeric plants cuttings were made from different branches. These cuttings were kept separate. Since 1983 over 1000 crosses have been made. Crossing appeared to be rather difficult in some cases, requesting many pollinations for a single capsule with a few viable seeds. As Fig. 1 shows, CMS can only be expected when 100% of the progeny from crosses between MS and BBF plants are male sterile. Whether in such a case the observed CMS is of a new type or of a type that is already known, has to be further investigated in crosses with the restorer line.
Table 1. Results from Treatments of Petunia Seed with Different Dosages of Ethylnitroso Urea (ENU). Treatment Time 2 h in the Dark; Post-washing Time 1 h. Concentration (mM ENU) Expt. 3
treated
Chlorophyll--aberrations
'Stable' MS-plants
Number
% (3.6)
-
1
10
5,,000
12
15
7,,000
30
(7.5)
20
9.,000
90
(12.5)
1
25
8.,000
72
(13.8)
3
2,,000
-
-
Control Expt. 4
No. of seeds
18 24 Control
-
5.,000
192
(6.1)
8
5.,500
239
(9.2)
16
1 ,450
-
-
-
47 When in crosses of the type MS x R3-1 all descendants show restored fertility, evidence is provided that the newly found CMS type is apparently the same as the type already available. Only when no fertility restoration takes place a new type of CMS has been obtained. Up to now we have not detected such new types of CMS in our experiments, although it must be taken into account that sofar from only 50% of all crosses with MS numbers seeds have been obtained. Those plants from the cross MS x BBF that produce male fertile flowers, can be selfed in order to check whether monogenic recessive GMS has been induced,which is the case when the plants segregate in 75% male fertile and 25% male sterile. If, on the other hand selfed plants remain fertile, it must be concluded that the male sterility observed in the experimental plants in the field and the greenhouse must be due to physiological damage from the mutagenic treatment and such male sterility cannot be inherited. For several of our MS plant numbers it could not be decided yet as to which category they belong. When in the F^ from crosses between MS and BBF plants 50% male fertility and 50% male sterility is obtained, dominant genie male sterility may be acting. In that case a mutation from msms (male fertile) to Msms (male sterile) may have occurred in the treated material. Further crosses between the heterozygous male sterile plant and normal fertile plants are then expected to result in a 1:1 segregation ratio. This was observed in at least two of the induced MS plants. Dominant GMS seems to be a rather rare phenomenon. Some cases however have been reported, e.g. for petunia (10) and for snapdragon and pelargonium (9). Finally, analysis of crossing results of at least one of the MS plants obtained in our experiments suggests the involvement of more than one Ms-gene. In another part of the program the temperature-dependency of the MS plants obtained is checked in a phytotron. Cuttings have been made and the resulting plants have been investigated at 17, 21 and 25°C. Lack of space severely limited the number of cuttings that could be used at a time, but most experiments will be repeated several times. Sofar 20 out of 32 MS clones tested have shown stable MS expression at all temperatures. Recently we started to investigate the cause of the very low seed set observed in crosses between MS x BBF crosses. From a number of plants the penetration of pollen tubes in the style was investigated by the fluorescence method, using anilin-blue staining. In all cases the pollen tubes reached the ovule within 48 h after pollination, which indicates that other causes than incompatibility reactions must be responsible for the low seed set. In summary, it can be said that treatment of more than 60,000 seeds of Petunia x hybrida with the chemicals ENU or EB resulted in about 30 MS plants, all from the ENU treatments. Those plants were further investigated in a crossing program
48 with the fully fertile counterpart (BBF) and a homozygous restorer line (R3-1). No evidence of induction of (new or existing) sources of CMS was found, but in several cases dominant, monogenically inherited GMS seems
to have been induced.
Phytotron experiments revealed temperature-dependent as well as temperatureinsensitive reactions of some MS plants. There was no indication of the action of any incompatibility system in crossings between MS plants and male fertile control material.
Acknowledgement The authors wish to thank Dr. G.A.M. van Marrewijk and Dr. A.C. Zeven for critically reading the manuscript.
References 1. Marrewijk, G.A.M. van. 1979. In: Plant Breeding Perspectives (J. Sneep and A.J.T. Hendriksen, eds.). PUDOC, Wageningen, pp. 120-134. 2. Kinoshita, T.. 1980. Induction of cytoplasmic male sterility by gamma ray and chemical mutagens in sugar beets. In: Induction and utilization of malesterile mutation in plant breeding. Gamma field symposia 19, 27-48. 3. Burton, G.W. and W.W. Hanna. 1976. Ethidiumbromide induced cytoplasmic male sterility in pearl millet. Crop Science 16, 731-732. 4. Burton, G.W. and W.W. Hanna. 1972. Stable cytoplasmic male-sterile mutants induced in Tift 23DB-L pearl millet with mytomycin and streptomycin. Crop Science 22, 651-652. 5. Marrewijk, G.A.M. van and L.C.J.M. Suurs. 1985. In: Sexual reproduction in seed plants, ferns and mosses. Proc. 8th Int.Symp. (M.T.M. Willemse and J.L. van Went, eds.). PUDOC, Wageningen, pp. 39-43. 6. Bianchi, F. and P. Dommergues. 1979. Petunia genetics. Petunia as a model for plant research: genetics and mutagenesis. Ann.Amél.Plants 29, 607-610. 7. Kool, A.J., J.M. de Haas and G.A.M. van Marrewijk. 1982. In: Induced variability in plant breeding. Symp.Sect.Mutation and Polyploidy, Eucarpia, Wageningen, 1981. PUDOC, Wageningen, p. 127. 8. Pohlheim, F.. 1981. Genetischer Nachweis einer NMH-induzierten Plastommutation bei Saintpaulia ionantha J. Wendl. Biologische Rundschau 19, 47-50. 9. Hagemann, R.. 1976. In: Genetics and biogenesis of chloroplasts and mitochondria (Th. Bücher et al, eds.). Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp 331-337. 10. Singh, I.S.. 1976. Une mutation dominante pour la stérilité pollinique induite par le méthyle-sulfonate d'éthyle chez le Pétunia. C.R. Acad.Se.Paris 282 (série D), 859-862.
49 G E N O M E A D J U S T M E N T BY B R E E D I N G T O B A L A N C E Y I E L D D E F E C T S LYSINE MUTANTS OF BARLEY
L. M u n c k , K. B a n q - O l s e n ,
B.
IN
HIGH-
Stillinq
D e p a r t m e n t of B i o t e c h n o l o g y , Copenhagen, Denmark
Carlsberg
Research
Laboratory,
Introduction In the b e g i n n i n g of the what amino acid general
1960's
it w a s d e m o n s t r a t e d
i m b a l a n c e m e a n t to s t a r v i n g that something
feeling was generated
g e n t l y w i t h the a m i n o a c i d
balance
(1), and
this message also reached
in o r d e r
to m a k e
analyses than binding
large-scale
was proposed a c i d s and
technique The
screening
tion analysing
the w o r l d
a 20%
amino acids.
increase
the D a n i s h R e s e a r c h
for b a s i c
in l y s i n e and found
several mutants a lysine
Associa-
in s e v e r a l o t h e r
l e v e l of a full pig if c a l c u l a t e d
1508
feed
barley
including
on a protein basis.
the
1508
line It
essential
sorghum
since (8).
(4), a m o n g w h i c h the
i n c r e a s e of
45%.
barley
is l o w e r t h a n in the
(Table
The
mu-
nutritional
in f e e d i n g
trials.
(e.g.
However, when calculated in l y s i n e
full feed d i e t .
because The p i g
t h a t the g r o w t h r a t e of p i g s o n the 1508 d i e t w i t h o u t
the
sov) on a
the
protein
trial
shows
protein
a d d i t i v e s a p p r o a c h e s the g r o w t h r a t e of p i g s o n the f u l l
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
At
the
1) is s l i g h t l y a b o v e
protein additives
is l o w e r
(2))
amino
One Ethiopian
in m a i z e and
dye-
introduced
(3) w a s f o u n d .
the h i g h - l y s i n e m u t a n t s w a s c h e c k e d
l y s i n e c o n t e n t of
content
The
(review
I n s t i t u t e a t R i s o , D o l l e t al a l s o u s e d
found
tant M-1508 displayed
diet basis,
convenient
at the S w e d i s h S e e d
Hiproly
ur-
lysine
T h i s f i n d i n g w a s m e t w i t h a lot of o p t i m i s m
D B C - a n a l y s i s and
The
method
A
However,
needed .
orange-12
barley collection.
lysine called
also high-lysine mutants were
q u a l i t y of
were
s e n i o r a u t h o r of t h i s p a p e r
in 1965 w h e n w o r k i n g
displayed
to be d o n e
possible more
(DBC) w i t h a c i d
this technique
h i g h in p r o t e i n and
had
the p l a n t b r e e d e r s .
screening
as a convenient
lysine.
public
in c e r e a l s , e s p e c i a l l y
ion e x c h a n g e c h r o m a t o g r a p h y
capacity
to the
human populations.
feed
50 with
Pigs Restrictive
Without protein Normal feed b a r l e y P r o t e in Lysine 16g/N Lysine g/kg F e e d to o b t a i n 90 kg l i v e w e i g h t , kg Daily growth, g diet.
A drastic
with pigs
contrast
A drawback
with
the
tent
(5) r e s u l t i n g
feed
units, because
components acid
of
balance
209 635
206 703
fat, due
increase
had
seeds of H i p r o l y
improved. and
that
if the m u t a n t s w o u l d
of
started
to b r e e d
for
the h i g h - l y s i n e
nes from Hiproly
and
1508.
the H i p r o l y g e n e
lys 1 located
easily obtained increased, and
more
fiers a very
pointing
DBC-analysis was lys 3a, a l s o
several
with
It w a s ,
programme
too
located
the
that
lys
slow.
that less
trait
With regard
in the c h r o m o s o m e
be
value.
breeders
7, p l u m p
the
more modi-
that
for
were
yield
seemed
likely
ge-
with
seeds
several
selecting
For
to
work at Svalof
therefore,
1 trait.
had
However, when
it w o u l d
the
however,
there were
steadily
amino
trait using
the h i g h - l y s i n e out
(6),
considerably
barley plant
quality
in c h r o m o s o m e
lysine expression,
high yield
the
this difference
first crossings.
the major gene. of
fact was,
In the b r e e d i n g
the e x p r e s s i o n o f
large crossing
hest level bine
f r o m the
incomplete
for
1970's,
embryo
carbohydrate
have any economical
In the b e g i n n i n g
without
the hig
n o t be p o s s i b l e
to
such an o p e r a t i o n
to the
in
energy
trials while
1508 g a v e
con-
Expressed
p o i n t of v i e w , The
and
diets
starch
increased
in f e e d
two
a higher
in the n o n - s t a r c h
to be b e n e f i c i a l
the
energy.
to t h e
Thus from a quality
than normal varieties
these
addition.
barley was a much lower
the
eliminated
if o n e c o m p a r e s
barley without protein
starch content yield
feed
538 261
1508 m u t a n t d i s p l a y e d
to b e
Full
15.0 5.0 7.5
57% m o r e
seemed
shrivelled
barley
11.5 5.2 6.0
type
the
of a l a r g e (5).
1508
Danish
With protein add itive
additive
in l e s s e a s i l y a v a i l a b l e
however,
content because and
1508
to
10.5 3.7 3.8
is s e e n
fed w i t h n o r m a l
According
1508 m u t a n t
7, s e v e r a l
-
comthe
gene,
experiments
51 at R i s o w i t h e . g . c h r o m o s o m e - d o u b l e d
monoploid
1508
showed that the shrunken k e r n e l s a l w a y s followed trait
(27). B r e e d e r s found that o c c a s i o n a l l y
segregants
the
high-lysine
the b e s t
high-lysine
1508 s e g r e g a n t s in c r o s s i n g s could be as high y i e l d i n g a s n o r m a l barley in some trials at some y e a r s and l o c a t i o n s , but the yield stability over all t r i a l s w a s d i s a s t r o u s . 1970's, the c o n f i d e n c e
In the end of
in h i g h - l y s i n e barley b r e e d i n g w a s
and m o s t b r e e d e r s finished
their
W h e n joining the C a r l s b e r g R e s e a r c h L a b o r a t o r y felt r e s p o n s i b l e l e a s t to give
zero
efforts.
B r e e d i n g for H i g h - l y s i n e Barley at the C a r l s b e r g R e s e a r c h tory e m p l o y i n g the 1508 Gene (lys 3a).
a u t h o r g o t the o p p o r t u n i t y
the
Labora-
in 1973, the
senior
to c o n t i n u e his w o r k from S v a l o f .
We
to f u l f i l the p r o m i s e s from the 1 9 6 0 ' s or a t
it a hard try.
Because of the i n s t a b i l i t y of
e x p r e s s i o n of the lys 1 g e n e , we d e c i d e d lys 3a gene from m u t a n t 1508.
the
to c o n c e n t r a t e on the
As we were prepared
to d o a large
n u m b e r of c r o s s e s and to screen for m i l l i o n s of seeds, we could not use the DBC-method or any o t h e r c h e m i c a l method w h i c h w e r e too slow.
Fortunately,
v e r y large g e r m including even without dehusking.
scutellum
(Fig. 1) w h i c h can be
Our strategy w a s thus to s c r e e n
p l u m p seeds having the large g e r m c h a r a c t e r . one c r o p in D e n m a r k
available
the 1508 m u t a n t d i s p l a y s a
Being able to g r o w
in the summer and one in N e w Zealand
the w i n t e r , we crossed
during
first w i t h large seeded p l u m p v a r i e t i e s
such as N o r d a l , C i l i a , M i n e r v a , E l b o and G e r k r a , selected p l u m p r e c o m b i n a n t s and crossed variety.
seen for
back 2 times to the
In the o n s e t of the p r o g r a m m e we found
for the
high-yielding
that
reasonable
seed q u a l i t y could be obtained u n d e r D a n i s h c o n d i t i o n s in e . g . the c r o s s 1508 x N o r d a l but looking o n the same barley in New Z e a l a n d , they w e r e d e p r e s s i n g l y
grown
shrivelled.
In 1980 we w e r e near giving up b u t then something h a p p e n e d .
Our
2nd g e n e r a t i o n c r o s s e s involving b a r l e y s such a s T r i u m p h and
Nery
crossed w i t h the best 1508 x
Nordal^
type s u d d e n l y looked
accept-
able w i t h regard
to seed q u a l i t y w h e n they came back from m u l t i -
p l i c a t i o n in New
Zealand.
52 F i g . 1 . M o r p h o l o g y of B a r l e y Seeds Involving Crosses with l y s 3a ( d o r s a l v i e w )
12 In Fig.
3 4
1 is d e m o n s t r a t e d
morphologically Note
the
1) Borni 2) M - 1 5 0 8 f r o m Borni 3) C a 7 0 0 2 0 2 ( 1 5 0 8 x N o r d a l 2 ) x Triumph 4) C a 0 4 0 3 0 2 (Ca 7 2 2 7 0 1 x Mandolin).
best
1508
large g e r m and We
four years.
have
now
Table
2.
of c o m p a r i s o n
Summary of
the
1508
in y i e l d
and
Ca
720502
until
the
the
(Table
Trials with M-1508
Nery
in
not
standard
2).
Crosses
Yield % Zita
plump to
in N e r y a r e
to Z i t a ,
1982
the
Mandolin.
t y p e s and
segregants compared
compared
in D e n m a r k
Yield
1508
the c r o s s e s w i t h T r i u m p h and
in T r i u m p h a n d
significantly different variety
Mandolin
tested
Ca 7 0 0 2 0 2
of B o m i , M - 1 5 0 8
c r o s s e s w i t h T r i u m p h and
s c u t e l l u m of
g r a i n o f t h e T r i u m p h and M-1508.
the m o r p h o l o g y
1981-84
N o . of trials
P r e s e n t n a t i o n a l reference-*107 14 R 1508 ^ (lyg 3a) 88 18 2 Triumph 106 15 C a 7 0 0 2 0 2 2 (lys 3a in T r i u m p h ) 97 17 Nery3 101 13 C ? 7 2 0 5 0 2 3 ( l y s 3 a in N e r y ) 98 15_ T h e s e t r i a l s h a v e b e e n p e r f o r m e d in E n g l a n d ( 1 9 8 3 ) a n d a t 5 l o c a t i o n s in D e n m a r k ( 1 9 8 1 - 8 4 ) . 1) M i x t u r e o f V e g a , J e n n y , G i m p e l a n d T r i u m p h 2) 1 9 8 1 - 8 4 3) 1 9 8 2 - 8 4 . The Ca 700202 variety yield
to s e v e r a l
however, Table
judging
in y i e l d
significantly and
M-1508.
The
chemical
inferior
t h e l y s 3a g e n e .
absolute values given
The for
to produce
are
improved
level of same 1984
trials
fat
shown
for
is s e e n
in 1 9 8 3 .
trials
tendency
a high-lysine
in a l l
In
It
1983-84.
lines
is t h u s
barley with
lines
compared
is d e m o n s t r a t e d 4.
in
market,
the a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d
starch content
in T a b l e
is e q u a l
on the D a n i s h
to T r i u m p h e x c e p t
to Z i t a o f
composition
lines have
increased
it is p o s s i b l e
from four years'
the p r e s e n t v a r i e t i e s
3, the r e l a t i v e v a l u e s
Both high-lysine ning
of
to
contaiin
the
shown
stable
that
yield
53 Table 3.
Yield and Chemical Composition Relative to Zita = 100 in 1983-84. Levels of Significance: x) 0.05
0.01, xx) 0.01>P>0.001, xxx) P rH
0) (1)
•rH 4->
a>
O rH "
10 0 CO
> o
rH
IJ id CO
IW 0
c 0
•rH 4-1 •H
in
r-H
E 0
4-1
E
10 Q ÜH
T3 C
10
o
r-H
O o
co
^
rH
•
o
r-H r-H
0
ro
CN
T CN
a\
4J
4-1 (0
14H
-rH
•rH
C 0
4-1
+ • O VD
co •
CN in
CN •
u~) CO
rin
O
IO
•
m
O
u io
4-1
m
CO CN O •
L£>
rH
o
•
in
T
CN c£> • CO
— rH rH C^ • LD
CN CN CN •
^O
IN rH CD •
in
CQ
CD
0
c
•rH
•
CO
ra
-U
o
LTI
-IH
r-H 1
[SI
S
i
o o
^ CD Ci c a) u a»
-rH
X
ra
CTI
i-H
m
•rH
H
in
rH
ro
CO
E
I—I
rH
CO O rH
O rH rH
r—1
ja
rH
co
o ro
•c
CD
O
rH
c
0) CA
u
O O
rH
• CN
O
CO CD
•C 4J ü CO 1-1 ¡H CO T 3 E 4-1 > Q m x; 1 0 tfP c £> 0 in z (0 o
0
a
O
ro
•H - H
•rH
m
IO
r—H
•
o o
io o
J=
T3 \
CD T 3 rH
••
O
• CN
o o
CT'
•r-t r-H
c (0 a> s
00 • CN O rH
(0
T3 r-H
r-H
O O r-H
.c o \ o
W
(0 u 0
o
c 3 -rH h-t rH IS) CT
**
-P
O
cl) r-H UJ II 0 co
> u -y
J
CN
UH •H
T3
>
r^
CD
10 O
---rH
55
YIELD
Fiq. 2.
HKG/HA
Correlation between Yield and Starch Content (HyIdaqerqard, 1984, 4 repetitions).
(% DM)
In Table 5, the amino acid patterns of Triumph, Ca 700202 and M-1508 are shown.
The amino acid composition
chanqed due to the lys 3a qene increasinq
is drastically
lysine, threonine, gly-
cine and aspargine and reducinq qlutamic acid and proline. improved variety is equal or better in amino acid than the oriqinal mutant M-1508.
The
composition
In fact, the chanqed amino acid
pattern is very far from barley protein amino acid composition as commonly recognized, and the lys 3a qene produces the best pattern from a nutritional point of view amonq all cereal
hiqh-lysi-
ne mutants. Table 5.
Amino Acid Composition Asp Thr Ser
TRIUMPH Ca 700202 M-1508
(g/16 g N )
G l u Pro Gly Ala Val Met lie L e u Tyr P h e His Lys Arg
6.1 3.4 3.7 22.8 9.9 4.4 4.4 5.2 1.9 4.3 7.7 2.8 4.9 2.3 3.8 5.7 8.4 4.0 3.9 16.1 7.2 6.0 5.6 5.9 2.0 3.9 7.8 2.9 4.3 2.7 5.5 6.4 8.5 3.8 3.8 16.6 7.0 5.7 5.3 5.6 2.0 4.0 7.3 3 .0 4.3 2.8 5.2 6.7
% protein DM: Triumph 10.4, Ca 700202
11.6, M-1508
12.4.
Basic Research Triqqered by the Finding of Hiqh-lvsine Mutants and its Utilization in Plant Breedinq
Barley
It is natural to ask about the qenetic and biochemical basis of
56 the
improved
more
this, we could
high-yieldinq
perhaps obtain for
not yet
to d o a d e t a i l e d
time
1508
b u t we would
sing
such trials.
to be
like
high-lysine
here
In fact
theoretically
nutritional value
leading gene
Opaque
1508
2 gene
in m a i z e
the a p p a r e n t p r o t e i n protein
body
sium content genes are be
One
of
the
1508
major
the o p e r a t o r (see r e v i e w Hor
1, H o r
thesis.
b a c t e r i a and gene matic
Hordeins
ced
Ullrich sex
3c
the
biology
storage
so w e
in
with
the
characters
than
such as g e r m
free amino acids, these
manner
size,
pota-
recessive
and
can
easily
now
and
proteins
packed
5 control
smaller
Eslick and
large
a fairly
size
mutant,
containing compared
(12) e m p h a s i z e d proposed
that
the
the
in
idea of the
level
lys in
in their
3a the
endoplas-
bodies
(11).
the r o u g h
ER
a membrane
to called
bodies are
with quite
redu-
other
barleys.
shrunken
trait
seem
f r o m the
within
to n o r m a l
genes fact
the p r o t e i n material
maize
three
been cloned
good
through
structures contained
and
on
and
the p r o t e i n
secreted
syn-
years,
syn-
the c y t o l o g i c a l of
of
the h o r d e i n
Structurally
formation
1508
the
The g e n e s have have
15
focused
in b a r l e y
f o r m a t i o n of v e s i c l e s
In the
last
In b a r l e y
the
are
e f f e c t on the
the
the
barley
in the e n d o s p e r m
has extensively
(10)).
c h a n g e s on
characteristics
and
regulation
comparable
During
3 in c h r o m o s o m e
large
in n o r m a l
1508 p h e n o t y p e
seem
of g e n e
retarding
(8).
as their p r o d u c t s .
impairing
to m u c h
discus-
genes
of
synthesis
is t h e i r
& Miflin
sequenced
bodies.
staining
Hor
as well
tightly
protein
for
and
the o b j e c t
Mendelian
c l u s t e r s of g e n e s .
reticulum
have
beyond
Still,
h o r d e i n g e n e s are all q u i t e
introduces
endosperm
form
in m o l e c u l a r
2 and
We
700202
high-lysine
composition,
activity.
proteins
g e n e s of
to c o n s t i t u t e structure
2 genes
by S h e w r y
The
amino acid
effects on protein
storage
research
time-consuming
many other
in the e n d o s p e r m ,
specify
chromosomes.
and O p a q u e the
subject
affecting
in a r e g u l a r
less
in b a r l e y .
background
interesting
ribonuclease
o n the
the
t h e s i s of basic
and
inherited
located
and
some
3a s e e m s q u i t e
(8,9)
formation
trait
so-called
to the
lys
If w e c o u l d
c o m p a r i s o n w i t h Ca
to g i v e the
much more
plants.
The
types.
more elegant,
w a y s of b r e e d i n g had
the
1508
character
should
of
the
be d e s i g n e d
in a n a l o g y w i t h o t h e r m u t a n t s w i t h a s h r u n k e n
endosperm
as
57 showing
xenia.
This choice
of a p l e i o t r o p i c major gene.
complex
Choosing
illustrates
one
the
should
the p r o b l e m of w h a t
emphasize
shrunken endosperm
tant character
s e e m s to u s to p r e - c o n d i t i o n
titude
breeding
in a n gene
towards
interesting
(and
the
lection
work
see T a b l e
zed
interesting
through
non-plant enzymes lys
This gene
ters as compared ly s l i g h t l y caused
by a n
increase
We
have
Z which
further
24) w h i c h CI-2
is
have
shown
that
12 d a y s e a r l i e r timing
may
position
the C I - 2
lys
than
completely
in the r i p e
weight times
1 gene
the w i l d explain seeds of
700202,
trait
or
flexibility
of
quality
has been
and
and
mammal
inhibiting of
features
s p e c t r u m of
hordein
and
associated
hordeins proteases
is
is
(14, on-
mainly
medium-lysine CI-2,
the
charac-
level
level of H i p r o l y and
emphasi-
o n the n a t u r e
interesting
total
CI-1
pro-
6-amylase
to the
B-amylase.
protein
(17,18,19,20,21,22,23,
of 9 . 0 0 0
and
from potato,
u p to 50
the
inhibitor
is the p r o t e i n
inhibitors
increased
the
high-lysine
decrea-
inhibitors,
investigations
While
se-
a
proteins outside
enzyme
such
Our and
gene.
of a f e w h i g h - l y s i n e
has a molecular
its sequence
l y s 3a
in
for Ca
in s e e d
to a f f e c t a l e s s w i d e
the
studied
the
which
t o m a t o and
in H i p r o l y .
starts type
the
a
resulting
s t a r c h and
can admire
several
3a.
teins such as chymotrypsin and p r o t e i n
3a g e n e
the d r a w b a c k s
seeds
seeds.
the h i g h - l y s i n e
such as b a c t e r i a l
seems
affected,
lys
that
value
by c r o s s i n g
of p r o t e i n s w h i c h
Further
to l y s
high DBC
(especially
in e n d o s p e r m
1 displays
the p l u m p
the
l e v e l of
several different
insect amylases.
Hiproly gene
for
category
mainly
15,16).
Thus, we
the r e s e a r c h of
the
either
g e n e a s the
finding
restore
at-
Thus,
suggested
segregating
for
increased
to a d j u s t
such a major
the
carbohydrates
trait.
genome
is the and
of
barley.
(13)
it is p o s s i b l e
background
non-starch
large embryo
Another
some
that
4) w i t h o u t a f f e c t i n g
the b a r l e y of
of
a gene
could
to a
impor-
for a p e s s i m i s t i c
trial, Ahokas
1090
part
name
a s the m o s t
in h i g h - l y s i n e
without affecting
plump kernels,
level of
yield
C r y p t CI barley
has shown
to f i n d
in s t a b l e
the
1508
lysine value)
breeding
sed
preliminary
in the b a r l e y
crosses with
for yield
in g i v i n q
resembles
the c o m m o n
Further
studies
s y n t h e s i s of C I - 2
(25,26).
This difference
the d i f f e r e n c e s
in a m i n o
these
It
barleys.
in
leach.
acid
is t h u s
about in com-
possible
58 to s t u d y g e n e either
regulators
o n the p r o t e i n
w h i c h c a n be
by a n a l y s i n g
the b i o c h e m i c a l
level or o n the
transcribed
l e v e l of m e s s e n g e r
i n t o p r o t e i n Jji v i t r o and
racterized
by
To exploit
these options,
monospecific
Such antibodies
antibodies
needed.
important
p r o t e i n s w h i c h c a n be c o n v e n i e n t l y
1 and
also major
lys
3a.
genes
Genes
simply
for
the g r o w t h p a t t e r n of
with
same
the
major CI-2
genes
strategy.
We
to find o u t
protein 3a l y s
3a, g e n o t y p e ,
the
same d e f e c t i v e
(due
now available
called
BASI
supplied could been
arisen
to s u r v i v e
to p a s s
can
see
now
functions, involved
that
there
we could
also
For example,
and
are gene
nature
available
or are
they always occurring
fact, CI-1 content.
and
that Hiproly fraction
in q u i t e
CI-2
large
with presumed
and
which
and
could
is
repressor amounts
i n s e c t s and alive.
inhibitors
could
some
seed
be
plant protein
functions
nuclear isolate
the e x p r e s s i o n
important
proteins. repressor genes.
in t h e i r
& Chery band It
to
we
several
m o l e c u l e s of
to s e r v e
se-
also
When
in d i f f e r e n t
histones
and
have
the p l a n t
such as BASI with
whether
1,
on
configurations
helped
electrophoresis
to
some
1 lys
in j u s t a few c o p i e s p e r c e l l ?
s o m e c a s e s be p o s s i b l e of
lys
the
a-2-amylase
sequences
s t u d i e s by M c D a n i e l
has an unique
of
the w e a l t h of p r o t e i n
such
expression
proteins approach
Preliminary
inhibiting
bacteria
speculate
regulation
Inhibitor)
for b a r l e y
t r a c t of a n i m a l s
molecules
re-
is s y n t h e s i z e d
inhibitor
among
are
Thus
a double-headed
the e v o l u t i o n
are
recessives
hordeins.
sites
such
studied
be
a s the
Such
from moulds,
clue
complex,
recessive
template
Alternatively
the d i g e s t i v e
in g e n e
tissues.
found
just by chance
attacks
be a b l e
3a)
several
effects
in r e g u l a t i o n .
this protein
inhibitor
for d u r i n g
for
pro-
and e a r l i n e s s
make d o u b l e
in the d o u b l e
protease.
in the p l a n t .
selected
strength
a-Amylase/Subti1isin
separate
subtilisin
have
quences
(Barley
with
bacterial
cha-
to g e t a
pleiotropic
hierarchy
because
(28)
used
the p l a n t w h i c h c o u l d
to l y s
Mundy at our d e p a r t m e n t
for k e y
but biochemically
can also
their
is n o t e x p r e s s e d
lys
straw
inherited
gulating
a
are
the a c t i o n of m a j o r g e n e s d i s p l a y i n g
as lys
RNA
further
immunoprecipitation .
teins are of
phenotype
(29)
In
lysine point
out
in s e p a r a t i o n should
proteins
at
least
affecting
of in
59 We c a n hand
thus conclude
in h a n d .
breeders
first
that
suitable
lead
front and
the
b o t h a r e of p o t e n t i a l search objects the
for
step played
provements
and
plant breeding phase
practical
produce
theoretical methods,
genotypes
which
and
important
re-
scientists.
are
The r e s u l t s
back
to the p l a n t b r e e d e r s d e f i n i n g
work.
We a r e
with
scientists
they could now
the h i g h - l y s i n e
are
then
rationalize
looking
goes
plant
extreme
the m o l e c u l a r how
work
the
from
suggesting
in the w o r k
and
screening relevance
the m o l e c u l a r
investigations
second
the p r a c t i c a l
Provided
forward
barley
of in a
their
the
im-
further
to t h i s
second
mutants.
Acknowledgements T h a n k s are due Carlsberg since
to P r o f e s s o r
Plant Breeding,
1973.
We are
tensen. National and
to M r .
Denmark, land.
indebted
Institute
for h i s kind
England,
and
has also
b e e n of g r e a t
Sejersen and
Ms.
help
Mr. Birger
Kirsten
Science,
Landbrugets
Dr. J.
DSIRO,
for
and
for
yield
project
Mr. H.P.
the p i g
in
the
statistical
for c o m p l e t i n g
the
Zealand,
F i n a l l y we
analyses,
Jut-
Cambridge,
Christ Church, New acid
Mor-
trial
Sejet,
trials
Institute,
in t h i s p r o j e c t . the a m i n o
Larsen,
to t h i s
Kornforsd1ing,
in the e x t e n s i v e
Madsen
Kirkegaard
and
support
Plant Breeding
help for
keen
to D r . A r n e M a d s e n
Mr. Graeme Coles,
Corneliussen and
their
of A n i m a l
Kurt Hjortsholm,
Mr. P. H a n s e n , The
Ms. Bodil
D.v. Wettstein
for
Ms.
thank Lisbeth
calculations
manuscript.
References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
O s b o r n e , T . B . , L.B. M e n d e l . 1914. J. B i o l . B i o c h e m . 17, 325-349. M u n c k , L. 1 9 8 3 . I n : F o o d P r o d u c t i o n , N u t r i t i o n , H e a l t h (S. R a j k i and Ä. B r u c e , e d s . ) A k a d é m i a i K i a d ó , B u d a p e s t , pp. 121-137. Munck, L., K.E. K a r l s s o n , A. H a g b e r g , B.O. E g g u m . 1970. Science 168, 985-987. D o l l , H . , B. K o i e , B . O . E g g u m . 1974 . R a d . B o t . 1_4 , 7 3 - 8 0 . D o l l , H . , B . K a i e . 1 9 7 8 . I n : S e e d P r o t e i n I m p r o v e m e n t by Nuclear Techniques. International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, pp. 107-114. M u n c k , L. 1 9 7 5 . I n : B a r l e y G e n e t i c s III (H. G a u l , e d . ) V e r l a g Karl T h i e m i g , M u n i c h , pp. 5 2 6 - 5 3 5 .
60 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29.
MacKey, J. 1981. In: C e r e a l s , A Renewable Resource, T h e o r y and P r a c t i c e (Y. P o m e r a n z and L . M u n c k , e d s . ) T h e A m e r i c a n A s s o c i a t i o n of C e r e a l C h e m i s t s , S t . P a u l , M i n n . , p p . 5 - 2 3 . N e l s o n , O . E . 1 9 7 9 . I n : A d v a n c e s in C e r e a l S c i e n c e and T e c h n o l o g y (Y. P o m e r a n z , e d . ) V o l . 3, 4 1 - 7 2 . M e r t z , E . T . 1 9 7 6 . I n : G e n e t i c I m p r o v e m e n t of S e e d P r o t e i n s . N a t i o n a l A c a d e m y of S c i e n c e s , W a s h i n g t o n , D . C . , p p . 5 7 - 7 0 . Shewry, P.R., B.J. Miflin. 1985. Adv. Cereal Sci. VII, 1-83. M u n c k , L. , D.v . W e t t s t e i n . 1 9 7 6 . I n : G e n e t i c I m p r o v e m e n t of Seed P r o t e i n s . N a t i o n a l A c a d e m y of S c i e n c e s , W a s h i n g t o n , D . C . , pp. 71-82. U l l r i c h , S.E., R.F. E s l i c k . 1977 . B a r l e y G e n e t . N e w s l . 66-73. A h o k a s , H . 1 9 7 9 . B a r l e y G e n e t . N e w s l . 9_, 3 - 7 . H e j g a a r d , J. 1981. Anal. B i o c h e m . 116, 444-449. H e j g a a r d , J., S. B j o r n , G. N i e l s e n . 1983. B a r l e y G e n e t . N e w s l . 12, 53-54. Boisen, S., C.T. Andersen, J. Hejgaard. 1981. Physiol. Plant. 56, 1 6 7 - 1 7 6 . J o n a s s e n , I. 1 9 8 0 . C a r l s b e r g R e s . C o m m u n . 47-58 . J o n a s s e n , I. 1 9 8 0 . C a r l s b e r g R e s . C o m m u n . £ 5 , 5 9 - 6 8 . S v e n d s e n , I . , I. J o n a s s e n , J . H e j g a a r d , S . B o i s e n . 1 9 8 0 . Carlsberg Res. Commun. £5, 389-395. S v e n d s e n , I . , B . M a r t i n , I. J o n a s s e n . C a r l s b e r g R e s . C o m m u n . 45, 7 9 - 8 5 . J o n a s s e n , I., J. I n g v e r s e n , A. B r a n d t . 1981. C a r l s b e r g Res. Commun. £6, 175-181. J o n a s s e n , I., L. M u n c k . 1 9 8 1 . I n : B a r l e y G e n e t i c s I V . F o u r t h International Barley G e n e t i c s Symposium, Edinburgh, pp. 330335 . J o n a s s e n , I . , I. S v e n d s e n . 1 9 8 2 . C a r l s b e r g R e s . C o m m u n . 4 7 , 199-203. J o n a s s e n , I. 1982 . C a r l s b e r g R e s . C o m m u n . £7_, 3 0 5 - 3 1 2 . M u n c k , L . 1 9 7 2 . I m p r o v e m e n t o f N u t r i t i o n a l V a l u e in C e r e a l s . H e r e d i t a s 7_2- 1 - 1 2 8 R a s m u s s e n , U. 1985 . Carlsberg Res. C o m m u n . 83-93 . Doll, H. 1981. In: B a r l e y G e n e t i c s IV, F o u r t h I n t e r n a t i o n a l Barley G e n e t i c s S y m p o s i u m , E d i n b u r g h , pp. 257-262. M u n d y , J . , I. S v e n d s e n , J . H e j g a a r d . 1 9 8 3 . C a r l s b e r g R e s . Commun. £8, 81-90. M c D a n i e l , R . G . , M. C h e r y . 1974. B a r l e y G e n e t . N e w s l . 50-51.
61 SELECTION
A.G.
Abdel
OF
RUST
Hafez,
RESISTANT
M.S.
WHEAT
El-Keredy
A g r o n o m y D e p a r t m e n t , F a c u l t y of 33,000 Kafr El-Sheikh, Egypt
AFTER
and
A.A.
MUTAGENESIS
Bassioni
Agriculture
S e v e r a l m u t a n t s w e r e s e l e c t e d f o r r e s i s t a n c e to w h e a t r u s t s in field after Gamma irradiation and chemomutagenesis . Seeds from " G i z a 1 5 7 " w h e a t w e r e t r e a t e d w i t h G a m m a r a y s 0 , 5 , 1 0 , 15 a n d 2 0 Krad; s e p a r a t e l y or in c o m b j n a t i o ^ w i t h E^S 0.1, 0.2 or 0.3% for s i x h r , o r s o d i u m a z i d e 10 , 10 o r 10 M for three hr. Selection was c a r r i e d out after a r t i f i c i a l i n o c u l a t i o n in M^, M , and M . g e n e r a t i o n s . Several mutants e x h i b i t e d r e s i s t a n c e against leaf and stripe rusts during M and their r e s i s t a n c e was p r o v e d in M^ and M^ a l s o . O n e s i n g l e p l a n t f r e e of s t e m r u s t a n d s t i l l s h o w i n g r e s i s t a n c e to l e a f a n d s t r i p e r u s t s w a s f o u n d i n M^ . S o m e m u t a n t s w e r e c h a r a c t e r i z e d b y t o l e r a n c e to s t e m r u s t i n a d d i t i o n to r e s i s t a n c e a g a i n s t t h e o t h e r t w o r u s t s . T h e t r e a t m e n t 1 5 , 10 K r a d c o m bined with NaN ; 10" M a n d 20 K r a d , c o m b i n e d w i t h E M S ; 0 . 3 % o b t a i n e d the b e s t y i e l d of r e s i s t a n t m u t a n t s . F i n a l l y , t h e s t u d y p r o v e d t h a t s e l e c t i o n to c h a n g e h o s t / p a t h o g e n r e l a t i o n s h i p in h e x a p l o i d w h e a t c a n be r e a l i z e d in the M^ or in the f o l l o w i n g early generations.
Introduction
M u t a t i o n b r e e d i n g m a y b e of v a l u e to a c h i e v e h i g h l e v e l s of r e s i s t a n c e d e g r e e s , b e t t e r t y p e s of r e s i s t a n c e a n d / o r t o l e r a n c e . It c a n a l s o b r e a k u n d e s i r a b l e l i n k a g e s i n v o l v i n g g e n e s f o r d i s e a s e r e s i s t a n c e . R a d i a t i o n , c h e m i c a l m u t a g e n s or their c o m b i n e d t r e a t m e n t s w e r e a l s o u s e d to s e p e r a t e u s e f u l d i s e a s e r e s i s t a n c e g e n e s from associated genes that badly affect other traits by causing c h r o m o s o m e b r e a k a g e a n d t r a n s l o c a t i o n s ( 5 , 7, 9, 1 0 ) . I n s o m e c a s e s m u t a t i o n b r e e d i n g w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y u s e d to i n d u c e r u s t r e s i s t a n c e g e n e s ( 3 , 4, 6, 1 0 ) . T h e a i m o f t h i s s t u d y h a s b e e n t o s e l e c t rust r e s i s t a n c e m u t a n t s f r o m c o m m o n w h e a t c u l t i v a r G i z a 157 by G a m m a i r r a d i a t i o n a n d c h e m o m u t a g e n e s i s .
Materials
and
Methods
P u r e s e e d s of T r i t i c u m a e s t i v u m T h e l l . ; c u l t i v a r G i z a 1 5 7 w e r e t r e a t e d b y e a c h o f t h e G a m m a - r a v d o s e s 0 , 5, 1 0 , 15 o r 2 0 K ^ a d s e p a r a t e l y o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h s o d i u m a z i d e s o l u t i o n 10 1 0 ~ 3 or 1 0 ~ 4 for 3 hr at ph 3 or E M S c o n c e n t r a t i o n s 0 . 1 , 0.2 or
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding ©1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
62 0.3% for 6 hr at ph 7. C h e m i c a l l y treated seeds were washed in running w a t e r for 30 minutes after sodium azide or 12 hr after EMS treatment. M^ plants w e r e raised , s e l f e d , individually h a r v e s t e d and their p r o g e n i e s were single plant w i s e s o w n . A m i x t u r e of five u n i v e r s a l s u s c e p t i b l e varieties acted as s p r e e d e r for p r e v a i l i n g leaf and stripe rust v i r u l e n c e s (2). At the 3-leaf s t a g e , plants were inoculated by d u s t i n g with leaf rust; P u c c i n i a recóndita and s t r i p e rust; P u c c i n i a s t r i i f o r m i s uredia . At jointing stage one M . plant from each M ^-progeny was inoculated by i n j e c t i o n and enougn epidemic of leaf and stripe rusts w a s i n i t i a t e d . M . plants w e r e assessed at F e e k e s 11 (8) and those exhibited r e s i s t a n c e to both rusts or one rust w e r e selected (Table 1 ) . In 1982/83 581 r e s i s t a n t m u t a t i o n a l lines were re-tested for r e s i s t a n c e in two sowing d a t e s with five w e e k s interval to avoid any escape s t a t m e n t . T h e reaction to d i s e a s e was assessed with respect to both type of infection and d i s e a s e s e v e r i t y . In 1983/84 s e a s o n , seeds from the 581 families b e l o n g i n g to M^ and M^ g e n e r a t i o n s were planted in o p p o s i t e rows, inoculated with stem rust; Puccinia g r a m i n i s tritici; at Feekes 7 (8). F i n a l l y , at F e e k e s stage 11 the d i s e a s e infection was a s s e s s e d .
Results
and
Discussion
D i f f e r e n t numbers of M ^ and M^ plants were originated from each treatment, both single and c o m b i n e d . A total of 9516 treated M^ plants and 606 u n t r e a t e d plants w e r e assessed for c o m p a r i s o n . Some treatments produced no v a r i a t i o n s in reaction to d i s e a s e , due to the low number of M ^ plants and or sterility caused by high m u t a g e n d o s e s or their combined t r e a t m e n t s (Table 1). High yield of mutants resistant to leaf and stripe rusts w^s achieved by G a m m a rays 15 and 20 Krad and sodium azide 10 M combined with 10 Krad t r e a t m e n t . Also, c o m b i n a t i o n of sodium azide was better than that of EMS with G a m m a rays. E v a l u a t i o n of r e s i s t a n c e of M^ across two sowing d a t e s enabled the v e r i f i c a t i o n of 27 m u t a n t s r e s i s t a n t to both r u s t s . Some m u t a n t s w e r e almost free of infection w h i l e others were slightly i n f e c t e d . In respect to s e l e c t i o n for r e s i s t a n c e against stem rust, selection was d o n e in M^ as m u t a n t s r e s i s t a n t to this d i s e a s e are more of interest, only if they show accepted r e s i s t a n c e to both other rusts . The artificial infection have been d e v e l o p e d to a high d e g r e e of severity and all the m u t a n t s were infected except for one single plant s e g r e g a t e d from a M^ family (Mutant 48) that was absolutely free of stem rust i n f e c t i o n . The progeny of this plant w a s also resistant in 1984/85 (M^) s e a s o n . M o r e o v e r , the mutants infected by stem rust produced s h r i v e l l i n g g r a i n s , but a few m u t a n t s produced normal not s h r i v e l l i n g g r a i n s showing t o l e r a n c e to d i s e a s e . Selection of m u t a n t s resistant to leaf and s t r i p e rusts in M2 and M ^ and stem rust resistant mutant in M^ g e n e r a t i o n s e n s u r e s the p o s s i b i l i t y to change the h o s t / p a t h o g e n r e l a t i o n s h i p in p o l y p l o i d s as hexaploid w h e a t , by s e l e c t i o n in early and f o l l o w i n g g e n e r a tions through m u t a g e n e s i s .
63 Table
1: M u t a g e n i c t r e a t m e n t s , M^ p l a n t s , M^ plants and selected in M^ for r e s i s t a n c e against leaf and rusts . No.of M plants
Total M2 plants
35
606
2
1
0
5 Krad 10 Krad 15 Krad 20 Krad
29 33 33 35
387 650 570 523
1 2 0 3
0 0 0 0
2 1 6 5
0 Krad + 0 . r/o EMS " 5 Krad + 0.1% " 10 Krad + 0.1% 15 Krad + 0.1% " 20 Krad + 0.1%
1 6 1 5 23 1 6 1 7
258 336 41 8 352 233
1 0 1 1 2
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
0 Krad + 0.2% EMS " 5 Krad + 0 .2% 10 Krad + 0 .2% " 15 Krad + 0 .2% " 20 Krad + 0.2%
1 1 1 1 1
2 5 9 5 8
75 250 41 1 295 337
0 0 1 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
0 Krad + 0 .3% EMS 5 Krad + 0 . 3% 10 Krad + 0 . 3% " 15 Krad + 0 . 3% " 20 Krad + 0.3%
1 1 1 1 1
8 5 5 4 5
323 253 241 223 1 37
1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 2
0 Krad + i o - 2 N a N , 3 M " 5 Krad + " 10 Krad + 11 15 Krad + " 20 Krad +
1 1 1 1 1
7 7 8 8 6
31 2 242 263 330 260
0 3 0 2 1
0 1 0 0 0
1 2 5 2 0
0 Krad + 1 0 - 3 N aN M J " 5 Krad + 10 Krad + " 15 Krad + " " 20 Krad +
1 1 1 1 1
8 1 9 6 8
268 64 233 1 09 1 88
0 0 3 1 2
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0
0 Krad + 1 0 - 4 5 Krad + " 10 Krad + " 15 Krad + " 20 Krad +
1 6 1 9 1 7 20 1 5
228 160 1 61 244 1 83
1 1 0 0 6
0 0 0 1 2
0 0 0 0 0
Treatment
"Giza
15 7'' untreated
NaN, M
••
J
No.of M^ plants resistant to leaf rust
No.of M^ plants resistant to yellow rust
mutants stripe No.of M 2 plants resistant to both rusts
64 References 1. A b d e l - H a k , T . , D . M . S t e w a r t , and A.H. Kamel . 1 972. The current stripe rust s i t u a t i o n in the Near East R e g i o n . R e g i o n a l w h e a t W o r k s h o p , B e i r u t , L e b a n o n , 1972. P r o c e e d . , the Ford F o u n d a t i o n , Vol . 1 - D i s e a s e s . 2. A b d e l - H a k , T., N. E l - S h e r i f , I. Shafik, A.A. B a s s i o n i , S. Keddis , and Y. E l - D a o u d i . 1 982. Studies on wheat stem rust v i r u l e n c e s and r e s i s t a n c e g e n e s in Egypt and n e i g h b o r i n g countries. 4th C o n g , of P h y t o p a t h o l o g y , A l e x a n d r i a , N o v . 30 - D e c . 3, 1982. E g y p t . 3. A b d e l - H a k , T., and A.H. K a m e l . 1977. M u t a t i o n b r e e d i n g for d i s e a s e r e s i s t a n c e in wheat and field b e a n s . In: Induced M u t a tions against Plant D i s e a s e s , P r o c . Int. Symp . I A E A / F A O , V i e n n a 1977, 305-314. 4. B o r o j e v i c , K a t a r i n a . 1977. S t u d i e s on r e s i s t a n c e to P u c c i n i a recondita tritici in w h e a t p o p u l a t i o n after m u t a g e n i c treatm e n t s . In: Induced M u t a t i o n s against Plant D i s e a s e s , P r o c . Int. S y m p . I A E A / F A O , V i e n n a , 1977, 393-401. 5. E l l i o t , F . C . 1957. X-ray induced t r a n s l o c a t i o n of A g r o p y r o n stem rust r e s i s t a n c e to common w h e a t . J . H e r e d . 48, 77-81 . 6. Konzak , C . F . 1 956. Stripe rust resistant mutants obtained i r r a d i a t i o n of Gabo w h e a t . P h y t o p a t h o l . 46_, 5 2 5 - 5 2 6 .
from
7. K n o t t , D . R . 1961. T h e i n h e r i t a n c e of rust r e s i s t a n c e . VI. T h e transfer of stem rust r e s i s t a n c e from A g r o p y r o n elongatum to common wheat. C a n . P l a n t Sci . 4J_, 1 09-1 23. 8. Large, E. 1954. G r o w t h stages in c e r e a l s . I l l u s t r a t i o n s Feekes scale. Plant Path. 3, 128-129.
of
the
9. Little, R. 1971. An attempt to induce r e s i s t a n c e to S e p t o r i a nodorum and Puccinia g r a m i n i s in wheat using gamma rays, n e u t r o n s and EMS as m u t a g e n i c agents. In: M u t a t i o n B r e e d i n g for D i s e a s e R e s i s t a n c e , Proc. P a n e l , V i e n n a , 1970, IAEA, 139-149. 10. S e a r s , E.R. 1956. T h e transfer Agilops u m b e l l u l a t a to w h e a t .
of leaf rust r e s i s t a n c e from B r o o k h a v e n Somp. Bio. 9_, 122..
65 USE OF MAIZE MUTANTS IN BREEDING FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PROTEIN QUALITY
M. Denic, S. Ratkovid, J. Dumanovic, D. Misevic Maize Research Institute, Belgrade-Zemun, Yugoslavia
Introduction Maize proteins contribute at large extent to the total plant protein production. However, due to the low lysine and tryptophan content maize proteins are considered as low quality proteins. Therefore in many breeding programs opaque-2 (02) mutant is used to improve protein quality. The incorporation of 02 gene is followed by reduction of yield and increase of grain moisture content. Studies of Glover et al (1) showed that some other genes, similar to the 02 gene, increase lysine and tryptophan content by incrreasing glutelin fraction and reducing zein fraction. The aim of this work is to study the influence of some mutant genes on the relationship between lysine content and moisture content and capacity of water imbibition in maize kernels.
Results In order to study the influence of some mutants on this relationship the amino acids were determined by ion-exchange chromatography (2,3) and capacity of water imbibition by simple gravimetric procedure as described earlier (4) . Data presented in Table 1 show that lysine content and lysine yield were higher in both experimental
(exp xv/18 02) and opaque-2 check
(ZPSC 72 02) than the commercial check with standard kernel type (ZPSC 704), which is one of the highest yielding commercial hybrids. The some data show that grain moisture content at harvest was higher in opaque-2 hybrids in comparison with the hybrid of standard kernel type.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
66
Table 1. Performance of High Lysine Maize Hybrids
Hybrid
Grain yield (kg/ha)
L y s i n e content yield (% protein) (kg/ha)
Moisture content at harvest D.M.
°2
ZPSC 704 n
12.401
2.92
31.0
26.2
1.00
ZPSC 72 o 2
9.207
4.21
38.7
31.1
1.19
9.871
4.09
46.4
28.4
1.08
Exp xv/18 o 2
Table 2. Moisture Content and Capacity for Water Imbibition in Endosperm and Embryo of Different Maize Genotypes (% D.M.)
E n d o s p e r m Genotype
W 64A: N °2 du 02
E m b r y o
Initial Water Imbibimoisimbibi- tion ture tion mut:nor
Initial Water Imbimoisimbibi- bition ture tion mut:nor
11. 8
45 .2
38. 4
151 .3
14. 2
74 .4
1 .65
42. 4
176 .6
1.17
15. 1
108 .8
2 .41
49. 3
250 .6
1.66
-
-
fl 2 o 2
13 .4
82 .7
1 .83
53 .6
219 .9
1.45
h o2
17. 0
75 .9
1 .66
54. 4
177 .7
1.17
wx o 2
17. 2
87 .9
1 .93
76. 2
224 .2
1.48
Oh 43: du o 2
17. 7
74 .2
1 .64
48. 7
210 . 2
1. 38
fl 2 o 2
14 .3
78 .9
1 .75
41. 9
194 .4
1.28
h o2
14. 4
80 .1
1 .77
55. 2
272 .7
1.60
su 2 o 2
15. 0
104 .4
2 .31
46. 7
218 .3
1.44
13. 5
93 . 9
2 .08
40. 0
226 .0
1.49
16. 4
82 .4
1 .90
49. 7
211 .1
1.41
sh 2 o 2 Average
-1'All listed genes are homozygous
67 In order to see the influence of opaque-2 gene on grain moisture content and water imbibition special genotypes were constructed with the mutant genes affecting storage proteins and starch synthesis. Data presented in Table 2 show higher moisture content in embryo than in endosperm in all studied genotypes. Initial moisture contents of both endosperm and embryo were higher in mutants than in normal type of kernels. The same data show that water imbibition also was higher in embryo than in endosperm being higher in mutants than in normal genotype. In the case of endosperm higher water imbibition was found in double mutants as compared to the single opaque-2 mutant suggesting the additive effect of the other gene. This kind of influence is mainly due to the preferential gene action in chemical composition of endosperm in comparison to the embryo of the same genotype.
References 1. Glover, D.V., P.L. Crane, S.P. Misra, and E.T. Mertz. 1975. In: High Protein Quality Maize, Proc. Symp. El Batan, Mexico (Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, eds.). Stroutsburg, p.p.228-240 2. Spackman, D.H., W.H. Stein, and S. Moore. 1958. Anal. Chem. 20, 1190. 3. Denic, M. 1968. Acta Chem. Scand. 22,
1809-1812.
4. Ratkovic, S., M. Denic, and G. Lahajnar, 1982. Period. Biol. 8±, 180-182.
69 PROMISING
M.S.
RICE
El-Keredy
MUTANTS
and
A.G.
FOR
DEVELOPED
PRODUCTION
Abdel-Hafez
Agronomy Department, Faculty Kafr El-Sheikh, Egypt
of
Agriculture,
Tanta
University,
R i c e g r a i n s o f " G i z a 1 7 2 " a n d IR 5 7 9 - 4 8 w e r e e x p o s e d t o G a m m a - r a y d o s e s : 0, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15 and 20 K r a d t o i n d u c e v a r i a t i o n s f o r r e s i s t a n c e to l o d g i n g a n d e a r l i n e s s . M progenies were planted indiv i d u a l l y i n s e p a r a t e r o w s 30 c m a p a r t a n d w i t h 10 c m b e t w e e n p l a n t s as w e l l a s u n t r e a t e d g r a i n s . T h r e e k i n d s of m u t a n t s w e r e selected; i.e. early ripening, erect wide leaved and vigorous mutants' in Giza 172. Early ripening and v i g o r o u s mutants were s e l e c t e d f r o m IR 5 7 9 - 4 8 t r e a t e d m a t e r i a l . T h e m u t a n t s w e r e r e p l a n t e d in M ^ a n d M 4 a n d p r o v e d to b e s t a b l e m u t a t i o n s . S t u d y of c u l m c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of l o d g i n g r e s i s t a n t m u t a n t w a s c a r r i e d out by s p e c i a l e q u i p m e n t and i n d i c a t e d v a l u a b l e informations.
Introduction
L o n g d u r a t i o n in r i c e is u n d e s i r a b l e c h a r a c t e r , d u e to t h e n e e d f o r i n t e n s i v e p r o d u c t i o n s y s t e m w h i c h is a b l e to m a x i m i z e y i e l d f r o m t h e l i m i t e d a r e a of N i l e - D e l t a in E g y p t . S u i t a b l e c u l t i v a r s for m e c h a n i c a l h a r v e s t i n g are also h o p e d by E g y p t i o n farmers who a r e s u f f e r i n g f r o m l a b o r s h o r t a g e p r o b l e m . I n S o u t h e a s t A s i a (1) s e l e c t i o n of e a r l y a n d s h o r t c u l m m u t a n t s h a s b e e n d o n e by m e a n s of m u t a t i o n b r e e d i n g .
Materials
and
Methods
T h e r i c e c u l t i v a r s G i z a 172 a n d IR 5 7 9 - 4 8 a r e c o n s i d e r e d l o n g d u r a t i o n v a r i e t i e s ; n e e d a r o u n d 160 d a y s f r o m s e e d to s e e d u n d e r E g y p t i a n c l i m a t e . G r a i n s of t h e t w o c u l t i v a r s w e r e e x p o s e d to 0, 5 , 7 . 5 , 1 0 , 1 2 . 5 , 15 a n d 2 0 K r a d G a m m a r a y s . M^ p l a n t s w e r e p r o tected from outcrossing and harvested individually. The M1 prog e n i e s w e r e g r o w n in s e p a r a t e r o w s . P l a n t s h a v i n g e a r l i e r h e a d i n g or d e s i r e d p l a n t t y p e w e r e s e l e c t e d (2). T h e s e l e c t i o n s w e r e r e e v a l u a t e d in M ^ and M 4 g e n e r a t i o n s . F u r t h e r culm c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of s o m e m u t a n t s w e r e m e a s u r e d by s p e c i a l e q u i p m e n t (3).
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
70 Results
and
Discussion
The mutants e x h i b i t e d induced variations in earliness, culm stiffness and thickness , wide leaved and lodging resistant , late heading a n d v i g o r (Table 1). G i z a 172 e a r l y r i p e n i n g m u t a n t s w e r e i n d u c e d b y 7 . 5 , 1 0 , 1 2 . 5 a n d 15 K r a d . E r e c t m u t a n t s w e r e o b t a i n e d
Table
Mutant
1 : M u t a n t s s e l e c t e d i n M_ G i z a 172 a n d IR 5 7 9 - 4 8 Original c u i tiv ar
D o s e of Gamma- r a y s Krad 7 .5
after the treatment with Gamma-rays.
Mutated
of
rice
characters
1a
Giza
1 72
2a
Giza
1 72
1 0
Erect, lodging resistant, stem, wide leaved.
strong
3a
Giza
1 72
1 0
Erect, lodging resistant, stem, wide leaved.
strong
3b
Giza
1 72
1 0
Erect, lodging resistant, culm, wide leaved.
thick
4a
Giza
1 72
1 0
Late
Early heading, resistant.
erect,
brown
spot
heading .
5a
Giza
1 72
1 0
Early
heading.
6a
Giza
1 72
1 2 .5
Early
heading.
7a
Giza
1 72
1 5
Early
heading.
7b
Giza
1 72
1 5
Early
heading.
7c
Giza
1 72
1 5
Early
heading.
8a
Giza
1 72
20
Late heading, lodging resistant, l o n g e r c u l m , p a r t i a l s t e r i l e as plant .
9a
IR
579-48
5
9b
IR
579-48
5
1 0a
IR
579-48
1 0
Taller
culm.
Erectly Early
strong
culm.
mutants.
1 Ob
IR
579-48
1 0
Early
mutants.
1 0c
IR
579-48
1 0
Early
mutants.
1 1 a
IR
579-48
1 5
Early
mutants.
11 b
IR
579-48
1 5
Early
mutants.
12a
IR
579-48
1 5
Early
mutants.
1 2b
IR
579-48
1 5
Early
mutants.
i n t h i s c u l t i v a r b y 10 K r a d . E a r l i e r m u t a n t s a n d t w o v i g o r o u s m u t a n t s w e r e o b t a i n e d i n c u l t i v a r IR 5 7 9 - 4 8 b y 5 K r a d . E a r l y ripening mutants were 5-10 days earlier than their correspondent parent c u l t i v a r . The mutants were g r o w n in M and M. g e n e r a t i o n s
71
and they proved to be true bred with d e s i r e d i m p r o v e m e n t s (Table 2) . Study of culms c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of lodging r e s i s t a n t mutant 3b obtained v a l u a b l e i n f o r m a t i o n s (Table 3). The weight needed to cut T a b l e 2: Plant h e i g h t , panicle length, g r a i n weight per 1000-kernel w e i g h t and g r a i n yield per hill of mutants induced in Giza 172 by G a m m a - r a y s . Genotype
Plant height (cm)
Giza
1 08 .0 , 87..0 95 .4 . 89 .8 89 . .5 85 . .8 110 .0 123..0
1 72
Mutant Mutant Mutant Mutant Mutant Mutant Mutant
Table
1a 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 8a
Length of panicle (cm)
Grain weight per panicle (g)
1000kernel weight (g)
Grain weight per hill (g)
1 9..70
3 .21
25 . .00
25 .60
24 26 25 26 25 22 23
3 .47 4 .08 3 .88 4 .08 3 .84 3 .51 1 .81
25 24 23 26 26 23 25
34 24 24 24 23 22 25
.30 . .23 .00 . .20 .83 .30 . .51
Characteristics
a) Qj -p 0 c 0) u Giza
. .24 .83 .60 . 72 .30 .30 .30
3: Culm c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of lodging r e s i s t a n t rice from Giza 172 after G a m m a - r a y s t r e a t m e n t .
P •C CP •H 01 r — e p a c —
ra
p 0).— 0 P Ë C V -C -H— P CP -P 0) C 01 13 ai ra0 a rH C
E O x; -p CP
c
RRRR,
proved very useful. Again, the donor of the D- and E-genome chromosomes was the agrotricum amphiploid. It was crossed to the autoalloploid rye, and the F^ was crossed to hexaploid triticale (Table 9). Assuming full compensating ability of the D- and E-genome chromosomes, a staggering number of 279936 ((P ) chromosome combinations could theoretically be selected from such hybrids. The C-banding analyses of the materials are underway, and prove to be more difficult than originally thought. A. elongatum chromosomes do not show any clear and consistent banding patterns; thus they are difficult to identify. The results presented here are preliminary and limited to the D-genome chromosomes (Table 1o). In the materials analyzed the D-genome chromosomes show a tendency to be incorporated for the A-genome chromosomes (in homoeologous groups 3, 4, 6 and 7) rather than for the B-genome chromosomes
(in homoeologous groups 3 and 5).
It has to be pointed out, however, that the substitution pattern in this case depends primarily on the chromosome constitution of the wheat genome in the autoalloploid rye used in the original cross, as well as the compensating ability of the individual chromosomes. The D- and/or E-genome chromosomes can substitute only for those Aand B-genome chromosomes that are not present in the autoalloploid rye. The chromosome constitution of the autoalloploid rye was not known. The most frequent D-genome chromosomes in the analyzed sample were 3D and 6D.The frequent incorporation of 6D is of particular value as this chromosome increases spike lenght and fertility. To summarize the efforts to incorporate the D-genome chromosomes into tetraploid and hexaploid triticale it should be pointed out, that with the exception of chromosome 2D all homoeologous groups are involved in substitutions. Therefore, it is possible to enrich the gene pool of hexaploids and tetraploids with new and more D-genome chromosomes from different sources. Last year a new set of experiments was started, aimed at the incor-
110
poration of chromosomes from wild Triticeae species into triticale. From the wheat relatives, donors of the A, B and D genomes were chosen. The idea was to produce from T. monococcum, T. boeoticum, Ae . sharonensis, Ae. bicornis and Ae. squarrosa tetraploid amphidploids with rye. Unfortunately, most of these attempts have failed. Only the production of one Ae. bicornis x s. cereale (B^^B^^RR) and of several Ae. squarrosa x S. cereale ( D ^ D ^ R R ) amphiploids was successful. Since Sodkiewicz
(1984, 1985) has already obtained a T.
monococcum x S. cereale (A A RR) amphiploid, we have the three — mo mo tpossible wheat donor species in amphiploids with rye. The three amphiploids differ remarkably in fertility and the mode of propagation (Table 11). The T. monococcum and Ae. bicornis amphiploids appear self-incompatible and can only be propagated vegetatively. The Ae. bicornis amphiploid produced one seed which after a short period of development on culture medium ceased to grow and the seedling failed to develop into a normal plant. It appears that there is so much discord between the Ae. bicornis and
cereale genomes that the
sexual reproduction of this amphiploid is suppressed. Perhaps the same is true for the T. monococcum amphiploid. The crosses between several accessions of Ae. squarrosa and rye were quite successful, although embryos had to be rescued on culture media. At the present time we have four different amphiploids. They are self-fertile and show good seed
quality. Tetraploid Ae. squarrosa
triticales (or aegilocales) are therefore valuable for improvement of triticales at every ploidy level. Although the amphiploids of T. monococcum and Ae. bicornis with rye are self-sterile and cannot be propagated sexually, they can be crossed to hexaploid and octoploid triticales. This indicates that they produce viable egg cells, therefore can also be used in triticale improvement. The potential for new chromosome combinations at the hexaploid level are presented in Table 12. When the new amphiploids are crossed to octoploid triticale, hybrids result that have one A genome from T. monococcum and one A genome from hexaploid wheat, or one B genome from Ae. bicornis and one from hexaploid wheat, or one D genome from Ae. squarrosa and one from hexaploid wheat. The latter appears to be
111
the most interesting as it allows for testing the effects of the complete D genome combined with a mixture of A- and B-genome chromosomes in hexaploid triticale. Through hybridization of the new amphiploids with hexaploid triticale tetraploid triticales could be selected that contain chromosomes from T. monococcum, Ae. bicornis or Ae. squarrosa. In fact several tetraploids resulting from T. monococcum/rye amphiploid x tetraploid triticale hybrids have already been selected and karyotypically stabilized. The crossing program of Ae. squarrosa x tetraploid triticale is underway and looks very promising. Only the hybridization between Ae. bicornis/rye amphiploid x tetraploid triticale is difficult, as the resulting F^ hybrids are self-sterile as the amphiploid itself.
Summary Summarizing the results and perspectives presented in this paper one can conclude that indeed tetraploid triticales and their derivatives, the autoalloploia ryes, are a very useful tool in improvement of hexaploid triticale. They are of particular importance in the attemps to incorporate the D-genome chromosomes from hexaploid wheat and other alien chromosomes into the hexaploids. There are some indications that the D-genome chromosomes in particular can improve fertility, seed quality, baking properties and other agronomic characteristics of the hexaploids. The incorporation of Agropyron chromosomes is of interest in attemps to improve protein quality, drought and disease resistance. Incorporation
of Aegilops chromosomes may be useful in
the improvement of seed quality, protein content, baking properties and in the reduction of plant height. It is possible that sprouting resistance could also be improved. Although triticale acreage in the world is not great, it is slowly increasing. With the increase of production disease damages may become more dangerous. Tetraploid triticales with its extensive range of chromosome combinations and wide gene pool may become important for solving problems as they arise.
112
Tab. 1
C o n v e n t i o n a l M e t h o d s of P r o d u c t i o n of 8x-, 6x- and 4 x - T r i t i c a l e
AA BB DD (42) x RR (14) —
F 1 ABDR (28) —
Colch. —
AA BB DD RR (56)
8x-Trc.
AA BB (28)
F^ ABR
Colch. —
AA BB RR (42)
6x-Trc.
x RR (14) —
AA BB RR (42) x RR (14) —
(21) —
F 1 ABRR (28)
Selfing and Stabilization
AA RR (28)
Tab.
2
(AB) (AB) RR (28)
BB RR (28)
4x-Trc.
Genome Constitution of the Wheat Component in 4x-Triticale
Theoretical Number of Combinations
Berlin Triticales
- - -
( A 6 B l > < A 6 B l ) RR
7
- - -
( A 5 B 2 ) ( A 5 B 2 ) RR
21
( A 4 B 3 ) ( A 4 B 3 ) RR
. . .
1
1
1
3
4
35
6
Ol
1
Total
CD
AA RR
Polish Triticales
(A 3 B 4 )(A 3 B 4 ) RR
35
3
3
6
( A 2 B 5 ) ( A 2 B 5 ) RR
21
1
1
2
(AJBGJIA^G) RR
7
. . .
1
1
BB RR
1
—
128
11
18
29 (22,7%)
113
a c O "D •H O
p =1 P x: p P -H -H ÍH 3 p
T-i
:>
O IH CD CD
2.2.
C\J
CM CD r^
à? CD
Sí •y
CM C\J OJ >
•M
rH u.
rH O m
CM O CQ
M O m
"t a CD
~U 3 >-l O C -H
+
133 already from the third cycle. Despite this tendency there are some chromosome numbers which are more frequently present others. Among them the 35-, 21-, and 14-chromosome
than
individuals
are the most prominent genotypes. Considering the permanent
chro-
mosome number of n=7 of the pollen parent, it can be suggested that female gametes with 28, 14, and 7 chromosomes are transmitted preferentially. It can be speculated that those whole complements are not composed only by poor rye
chromosomes.
In the BC^ generation at least a total number of 54 monosomic rye-wheat additions with somatic chromosome number 2n=15 were observed, i. e. about 24 % of the offsprings. But 38 seedlings only were able to grow up to maturity. Many of them showed a vyeak growth habit combined with a low tillering capacity in e a r lier stages. Even under comparable environment several
morpholo-
gical characteristics may differ as can be taken from Fig. 1. The number of tillers, leaf morphology, leaf colour, maturity as well as less photoperiodic responce and different
susceptibility
to powdery mildew were modified depending on the extra chromosomes concerned. T o clarify the genome constitution the chromosomes of root tip squashes were checked first by their morphology in Feulgen stained slides which, however, did not reveal single wheat
chromoso-
mes. Although the wheat chromosomes appear somewhat smaller than the rye chromosomes they cannot be considered Therefore chromosome
unambiguously.
banding has been carried out to identify
the alien chromosomes by their patterns of heterochromatic
bands.
Beside C-banding most confident results were gained by the N - b a n ding procedure. The preliminary investigation showes that the monosomic additions of the wheat chromosomes 3A, 4A, 7A, 5B, 6B, and 2D are very likely. Meanwhile the added chromosomes 3A, 5B, and 6B have been confirmed also by isoenzyme markers. The
pat-
terns of GOT and EST gave evidence for the presence of chromosome 3A while NADP-AADH and GOT as well as AMP demonstrate chromosomes 5B and 6B, respectively
(see Fig. 2). Further
the cytolo-
gical and biochemical studies now are in progress to complete the series of the 21 rye-wheat
additions.
Compared to the previous study (8) there was a similar seed set in F^ hybrids of about 0.002 kernels per spiklet after
back-
crossing. This low fertility was slightly increased by subsequent
134
Figure 1
Plant morphology parents (varieties 'Petka' and 'Chinese Spring*) as well as a sample of eight of different 15-chromosome rye-wheat additions(
their from left
to right)
Isozymes
AMP-5 AMP-4 AMP-3 AMP-2 AMP-1
+ ) heterodimeric
i s o z y m e s , GOT-2c = h o m o - a n d h e t e r o d i m e r i c
Genes ( C h r o mosome a r m s )
Amp-B1 Amp-R1 Amp-D1 Amp-R? Amp-A1
(6BS) (6RS) (6DS) (6AS)
isozymes
a ) 1181-74. ( 2 n = 1 4 ) , b) 1 1 8 1 - 2 ( 2 n = 1 5 ) , c ) T. a e s t i v u m L . , cv. " C h i n e s e
Spring"
Figure 2 Zymograms of glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase (I) and aminopeptidase (II) of leafs in diploid rye (a), the rye-wheat addition( RVVA 6B) (b) , and hexaploid wheat (c)
135 backcross accompanied by a decrease of the number of the wheat chromosomes. Moreover, two of the monosomic rye-wheat
additions
(RWA 3A and RVVA 6B) were investigated more detailed as each of them has been propagated to establish three clonal plants. The first plant was used for a crossing with autoplasmic diploid rye (var. Petka), the second subjected to self-pollination, and the third plant was also self-pollinated, but before the anthers have been opened by hand to release the pollen grains. Since the induced rye-wheat additions led to an alloplasmic material by the crossing procedure mentioned above, they are almost caused by the cleistogamous flowering and unreleased
steril
pollen.
Open pollination within a population of 14-chromosome
plants,
therefore, showes a seed set of 0.04 kernels per spiklet
only.
Thus the backcrossing to diploid rye was proved as the most e f f i cient way in getting higher seed set, beside artificial
self-pol-
lination which demonstrates on some extent the viability of the male gametes in the additions. However, disomic additions have never been isolated after both natural and artificial nation. This is in striking agreement with previous
self-polli-
findings.
On the other hand, the female transmission of the extra chromosome, generally, correspondes to the observation of 8, whereby it ranged from about 3 ^ in RWA 3A to 13 % in R W A 6B. The
smaller
chr mosome 3A, surprisingly, is less frequent transmitted the larger chromosome 6B which can be attributed to the lar function of the nucleolus-organizer
than
particu-
chromosome.
Further experiments are initiated to maintain the whole set of rye-wheat additions as well as to stabilize alien wheat
chromo-
some transfer in the genomatic background of rye.
References 1. Anonymus. 1934. In: Statistisches Jahrbuch der DDR. S t a a t s verlag der DDR, Berlin 2. Blüthner, Vi.-D., D. M e t t i n . 1977. A r c h . Züchtungsforschg. 7, 15 3. Driscoll, C.3. 1985. Proc. 6th Int. Wheat Genet. Symp., S u p p l . 4. Gamborg, O.L., R . A . Miller, 0. Ojima. 1968. Exp. Cell R e s . 50, 151
136
5.
Mcintosh, R.A. 1983. Proc. 6th Int. Wheat Genet. Symp., 1197
6.
Miller, T.E. 1984. Can. 0. Genet. Cytol. 26, 578
7.
Schlegel, R. 1982. Biol. Zbl. 101, 641
8.
Schlegel, R., B.S. Gill. 1984. Can. 0. Genet. Cytol. 26, 765
9.
Schlegel, R., E. Weryszko. 1979. Biol. Zbl. 98, 399
10.
Schlegel, R., G. Melz, D. Mettin. 1985. Theor. Appl. Genet, in press
11.
Schmidt, O.-C., P. Seliger, R. Schlegel. 1984. Biochem. Physiol. Pflanzen 179, 197
12.
Zeller, F.3., S.L.K. Hsam. 1983. Proc. 6th Int. Wheat Genet. Symp., 161
137 Nucleolar genomes
competition
of t e t r a p l o i d
1
'cermeno,
2)
K.-D.
M. C . ;
(A/B)(A/B)RR
and
DDRR
triticales.
"''Friebe, B . ;
"''zeller,
F. J.
and
Krolow
"^Institut 2)
in d i f f e r e n t
für
Technische Institut
Federal
Pflanzenbau
Universität
für
Angewandte
Republic
of
und
Pflanzenzüchtung,
München Genetik,
Freie
Universität
Berlin
Germany
Introduction: Transcriptional regions
(NORs)
microscopy nique.
rDNA
in p l a n t
Recently triticales
Lacadena
et a l . ,
However,
since
complete
A, B and could
genomes
to a n a l y s e diploid Material
using
staining
of n u c l e o l a r
R genomes
triticales
in h e x a -
(Cermeno
in a m o r e
triticales
offer
analysed
of w h e a t w e r e
be s t u d i e d
et a l . ,
The
activity
present,
specific
aim
of
okto-
1984;
this
in d i f f e r e n t
and
D genomes
of w h e a t
nucleolar
with A/B
Different mixed
nucleolar
investigation combinations of
of
with
R
c
from
Secale
s cereale
and
R
1. D i f f e r e n t cereale
from Secale combinations
(2n = 2 8 ) ,
silvestre Tr i t i c u m
genomic
have
been
analysed:
t u rg id um, d u r u m - S e c a l e
constitution
(1B1B,
-, -, -, 5A5A,
6B6B,
-)RCR°
(1B1B,
-, - , 5B5B,
6B6B,
-)RCRC
(1B1B,
-, -, -, 5B5B,
6A6A,
-)R°RC
(1A1A,
-, -, -, 5A5A,
6A6A,
-)R°RC
2. Tr i t i c u m s q u a r r o s u m - S e c a lse s s i l v e s t r e genomic c o n s t i t u t i o n DDR R .
(2n =
is
wheat.
Methods: (A/B)
airways
way.
to a n a l y s e
(RR) w i t h A a n d B or D g e n o m e s
following
light
tech-
activity
and
up to now
(A/B)(A/B)RR
the o p p o r t u n i t y
detail.
nucleolar
and
organizer
of c o n v e n t i o n a l
a silver
suppression
obtained
D genomes
in m o r e
rye
nucleolar
1984).
not
of w h e a t
for
of
by m e a n s
A, D a n d
has been
of t e t r a p l o i d
competition
The
from
in t h e
activity lines
chromosomes
evidence
of S A T - c h r o m o s o m e s ploid
gene activity
has been analysed
28),
G e n e t i c M a n i p u l a t i o n in Plant B r e e d i n g © 1 9 8 6 W a l t e r d e G r u y t e r & Co., Berlin • N e w York - Printed in G e r m a n y
138 A comparative
a n a l y s i s of s o m a t i c m e t a p h a s e
out by m e a n s of p h a s e c o n t r a s t staining according
followed
G i r a l d e z et al.
cells was
by C - b a n d i n g
carried or
Ag-NOR-
(1979) and L a c a d e n a et al.
(1984). Results: The
r e s u l t s are p r e s e n t e d
Tab.1: Silver and
stained
nucleoli
in Tab.
nucleolar
visualized
organizer
Combination
1B + 6B
wheat-rye
regions
(Ag-NORs)
in s o m a t i c m e t a p h a s e s and
p h a s e c e l l s in d i f f e r e n t tetraploid
1.
(A/B)(A/B)R°RC
inter-
DDRSRS
and
combinations.
No. of M e t a p h a s e s A g - N O R s No. of n u c l e o l i
Total
plants
cells
1
24
14
2
54
3
19
4
2
3
1707 2 6 9 0
1 B + 6A
11
39
2
1254
1A + 6A
4
25
2
DDRSRS
3
15
2
4
963 1 0 0
5460
927
21 81
1057
845
1 902
576
407
983
Discussion: In
(A/B)(A/B)RCR°
chromosome satellite
chromoscme
those belonging maximum
number
corresponds Therefore,
combinations,
pair 1R of rye is s u p p r e s s e d
in t h e s e c o m b i n a t i o n s
1984). Similar
haviour
However
These
r e s u l t s are
(Cermeno
et al.,
chromosome
n u c l e o l i and s h o w i n g has been d e s c r i b e d 1B and 6B
in c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t h o u t
1B and
1B with
hybrids with Lacadena
1, et
combinations in
b a n d s . The same
ir, h y b r i d s c a r r y i n g
( C e r m e n o et al.,
which
pairs
pair 1B w a s a c t i v e
strong Ag-NOR
as the
in a g r e e m e n t
1984;
r e s u l t s w e r e o b t a i n e d for
of
detected.
only the c h r o m o s o m e
for d i f f e r e n t w h e a t - r y e
6B in w h i c h only
of c h r o m o s o m e
hand,
of p o s i t i v e A g - N O R b a n d s
2 or 3 d o s e s of rye g e n o m e
ducing
as w e l l
of n u c l e o l i o b s e r v e d at i n t e r p h a s e w a s 4,
to the n u m b e r
previous data reported al.,
nucleolar activity
to A g e n o m e of w h e a t . On the o t h e r
and 6B of w h e a t are a c t i v e .
missing
in w h i c h both 1B and 6B S A T -
p a i r s of w h e a t w e r e p r e s e n t ,
only
one
probe-
dosis
1984).
6B c h r o m o s o m e
pair
1R
139 was active, organizer maximum
exhibiting
secondary
constrictions
r e g i o n s and p r e s e n t i n g
number
nucleolar
of n u c l e o l i
activity
in
nucleolar
strong Ag-NOR bands. Since
observed
in these c a s e s w a s
of S A T - c h r o m o s o m e s
from A genome
that the n u c l e o l a r
organizer
the
2,
was
suppressed. T h e r e is e v i d e n c e , themselves
are
responsible
for n u c l e o l a r a c t i v i t y .
c a t i o n of o t h e r w h e a t c h r o m o s o m e s a given SAT-chromosome binations analysed,
constitution
in the
were found. However, by m a n y
the e x i s t e n c e
control.
of a g e n o t y p i c
Secale
silvestre,
chromosome the
S
DDR R ,
only
pair f r o m D g e n o m e
rye g e n o m e
remained
modifi-
a c t i v i t y , for c c (A/B)(A/B)R R com-
since nucleolar
g e n e s , we can not
in h y b r i d s b e t w e e n T r i t i c u m S
No
upon n u c l e o l a r
vity a p p e a r s to be r e g u l a t e d O n the o t h e r hand
chromosomes
squarrosum
nucleolar activity has been d e t e c t e d ,
for
acti-
exclude and
SAT-
while
that
of
suppressed.
Conclusions: 1. The r e s u l t s s h o w ,
that
in all c o m b i n a t i o n s
containing
6B as w e l l as in t h o s e c a s e s w e r e only one pair present,
the n u c l e o l a r a c t i v i t y
of s a t e l l i t e
f r o m R g e n o m e of rye and A g e n o m e of w h e a t , were
suppressed
pair 1R of rye w a s suppression
by the p r e s e n c e squarrosum
chromosomes respectively,
1B and 6B the s a t e l l i t e
chromosome
active. of c h r o m o s o m e
of s a t e l l i t e
has been
pair
1R of S e c a l e
chromosome
p a i r from
silvestre Triticum
observed.
References: C e r m e n o et al. 1 9 8 4 , C h r o m o s o m a Giraldez
and
completely.
2. In c o m b i n a t i o n s m i s s i n g 3. Total
1B
of 1B w a s
89, 3 7 0 - 376.
et al. 1979, Z. P f l a n z e n z u c h t g .
L a c a d e n a et al. 1 9 8 4 ,
Theor. Appl. Genet.
83, 4 0 - 48. 67, 207 - 213.
141
IDENTIFICATION
A.
OF INTERCHANGES
IN WILD S P E C I E S
OF PISUI1
Errico
I s t i t u t o di Agronomia G e n e r a l e di N a p o l i , P o r t i c i , I t a l y
e Coltivazioni
Erbacee,
Università
C. C o n i e e l 1 a Centro di S t u d i o Portici , Italy
per
il
Miglioramento
Genetico
degli
Ortaggi,
CNR,
Introduction
The w i l d gically
species (1,
2,
have a l w a y s
of
P i s u m have
3, 4,
5, 6 ) .
evidenced
the chromosomes to
involved
In
order
identify
of
two Pi sum s p e c i e s
med by u s i n g
the
been s t u d i e d
The g e n e t i c a l
presence
of
have never
a translocation
and c y t o l o g i c a l
reciprocal
involved
and f u l v u m )
tester
set,
in
cytolo-
analyses but
definitively.
the
translocations
a research
kindly
and
interchanges,
been a s c e r t a i n e d
the chronosomes (abyssinicum
genetically
given
was p e r f o r -
by d r .
Lamm
(Sweden).
Results
Crosses
have
slocation and p o l l e n
been p e r f o r m e d
testers
ble 1)
and t h e chromosome
abortion
The chromosome
between t h e w i l d
were a n a l y s e d
configuration
configurations
on F^
analysis
species
and t h e
tran-
at metaphase
I
hybrids.
allows
to c o n c l u d e
that
(ta-
1 ): no t r a n s l o c a t i o n
is
present
in
the a c c e s s i o n
1 of
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1 9 8 6 Walter d e Gruyter & Co., Berlin • N e w York - Printed in G e r m a n y
a b y s s i n i cum.
142 Table
2)
1
Chromosome
Configurations
one t r a n s l o c a t i o n
is
present
formation
formation
the c r o s s e s
the chromosomes 3)
1)
in
involved
two t r a n s l o c a t i o n s
are
are
in four with
3 and
present
in
association
1 and l i n e
7 and o f one q u a d r i v a l e n t
The f r e q u e n c y the c r o s s two
are T ( 3 - 5 ) (72.8%)
between
independent
i
2)
and
lines
F.
Hybrids.
2 o f _P. and one
abyssiniesavalent
2 and 5 i n d i c a t e
that
P. f u 1 v u m :
observed
in
in the
on t h e b a s i s
the c r o s s e s cross
with
of
with line
the
line 2 the
T(1-7).
of c e l l s
t h e normal
crosses
in
4.
octavalent
translocations
(fig.
I
in the a c c e s s i o n
cum. Two q u a d r i v a l e n t (fig.
at Metaphase
with
line
translocations
are
two q u a d r i v a l e n t s
8 and £ . present
(table
2)
fulvum demonstrates in
this
accession.
in that
One
143 Table
2
Frequencies
o f Chromosome
and P o l l e n A b o r t i o n
Configurations
Percentage
in
F,
at Metaphase
I
Hybrids.
CHROMOSOME CONFIGURATIONS AT METAPHASE I Cross
1 2 3 5 7 8
of
5II+1IV
411+1VI
(%)
(%)
75 57 51 61 58 59
16.5 87.8 7.8 11.5 22.4 27.2
59.3 8.7
x P. fulvum ii X ii X H X M X h X
the
two t r a n s l o c a t i o n s
videnced the
Cells Analysed (N°)
by t h e f a i l u r e
is
3II+2IV
311+1 VI 11
711
Pollen Abortion
(%)
(%)
(%)
{%) 3.9
59 67 74 65 62 62
20.3 3.5
92.2 88.5 46.5
27.5
3.4
72.8
characterized
o f one o f
by s h o r t
segments
t h e two q u a d r i v a l e n t s
as
e-
in 27.2%
of
cells.
References
1.
B e n - Z e e v , N. and D. Z o h a r y . 1 9 7 3 . S p e c i e s r e l a t i o n s h i p s Genus P i s u m L . I s r a e l J . o f B o t a n y 2j?, 7 3 - 9 1 .
2.
F o u z d a r , A. and S . L . T a n d o n . 1 9 7 6 . C y t o g e n e t i c a l t h e Genus P i s u m . C y t o l o g i a 4_1_, 9 1 - 1 0 4 .
3.
Lamp r e c h t , H. 1 9 6 4 . P a r t i e l l e S t e r i l i t ä t und t u r b e i P i s u m . A g r i . H o r t . Gen. 7 2 , 5 6 - 148 .
4.
R o s e n , G. Von. 1 9 4 4 . A r t k r e u z u n g i n d e r G a t t u n g P i s u m , i n s b e s o n d e r e z w i s c h e n P. s a t i v u m L . und P. a b y s s i n i c u n B r a u n . H e r e d i t a s 3_0 , 26 1 - 4 0 0 .
5.
S a c c a r d o , F. t e r 3, 38.
6.
S a n s o m e , E . R . 1 9 3 8 . A c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d y o f a F^ between P i s u m s a t i v u m and P. h u m i l e , and o f some t y p e s from t h e c r o s s . J . Genet. 36, 4 6 9 - 4 9 9 .
1971.
Crosses
among
in
evolution
the
in
chromosomenstruk-
Pisum s p e c i e s .
Pisum
Newslet-
145 GENETIC REGULATION OF MEIOTIC RECOMBINATION
IN PETUNIA
HIBRIDA
E. FARCY, C. MOUSSET, D. MAIZONNIER, A. CORNU INRA, Station d'Amélioration 21034 Dijon Cedex, France
des Plantes, B.V.
1540
Introduction When mapping genes
in Petunia it became obvious
enhanced recombination
in certain tightly
knowldege of Petunia genetic
line St43
quali-
to undertake a research on gene-
recombination.
(from the Genetic
(1). The
(2 -3) as well as its intrinsic
ties gave us favorable conditions tic regulation of meiotic
that some genotypes
linked groups
In this aim we used
Institute of the University
the
of
Amsterdam) which was able to increase recombination b e t w e e n certain genes comparatively with a "low recombination
frequency" line taken
as a control. Seven pairs of linked markers located on each of seven chromosomes
(table
1) were
the
tested.
Results a) Effect of St43 gametogenesis. combinations, seems
genotype
on meiotic
segments where is considerably
effect
to a particular chromosome
increased. It is decreased III
linked ones on chromosome
cases St43 genotype
tested
for
the
recombination during II and
VI clusters
male during
in the same conditions. In these two
has not modified
types which
rate
moderately
IV.
gametogenesis. Behaviour of chromosome male game togenesis was
for the
and it remains the same
b) Effect of St43 genotype on meiotic
recombinant
but
( table 1). For five of the chromosome
the markers are closely linked, recombination
linked markers of chromosome
However
female
St43 genotype effect, when used in heterozygous is not restricted
to have a general
weakly
recombination during
remained
the relative number of
comparable
this response cannot be generalized
to that of : very
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1 9 8 6 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
controls.
recent
146
Table
1 : Effect
Recombination of
Testcrosses
Chromosome
of
St43
Frequency on
F1
Genotype between
on
two
Macrosporogenesis Loci
Results
Plants.
P a i r s o f markers used
Linkage type
Recombination r a t e i n % Fl w i t h c o n t r o l
F1 w i t h St43
I
Hfl -
Phi
repulsion
1,.03
4..90
Lui -
Fl
coupling
0,.22
4 .24
*
III
H t l - Mf 1
coupling
6..78
2..89
*
IV
B_1
- An6
coupling
29..41
V
Po
- Mf 2
coupling
0..00
VI
An2 - Rt
repulsion
VII
An4 - Vs5
coupling
experiments effect male
of
meiosis.
owing
to
tially
recovery
of
significant
be symbolized
either being control
a
1:1
intermediate
might
0..15
5..63
*
2,. 15
11 .87
*
control
when
is
segregation, to to
depend range
factor(s)
and
is
used
of
or Fl
about
nuclear
slightly
of
higher
with
St43
one
major
factor.
suggests
that
there
on
and
(or)
than
(chromosome
genetic
and
chromosomes differenin
the
meiosis.
factor(s)• rates a
There
or
factor(s)
be
with a
male.
which we
can
Fl,
were the
markers). of
on
obtained
tested
control
background.
as
no
In e x p e r i m e n t s
plants
VI
is
obtained
female
Occurrence might
same
female
could
character
the
the
difference
modulator.
ability
half
as
progenies
affect it
to
male
rate
Recombination recombination
show
during
Thus
leading
recombination
St43
dependant
by Rm of
female
between
Fl's
rate
particularities.
competitivity
difference
markers
specifically
recombination
comparable
secondary
St43
modifying
comparable could
and V I I
of
transmissibi1ity nearly
III
from
the
*
16h-day). S i z e o f
recombination
recombinants
reciprocal
Therefore
on
structural
upon p o l l e n
Genetics
two
chromosome
genotype Therefore
there
act
N.S
2..00
different
with
St43
25.
*
CO
Significantly
T e s t c r o s s e s performed i n growth chamber (20°C, from 700 t o 2000 p l a n t s .
the
:
II
*
c)
Meiotic
on C h r o m o s o m e s
others
Thus
the
plants
interference
with
with
147 The
major
being
Rm
about
factor 2,5%,
is
lul
linked itself
to lul is on
locus,
the
linkage
long
relationships
arm of c h r o m o s o m e
II
(4) . Moreover
the
e f f e c t of
of chromosome
increasing
VI m a r k e r s
backcrosses
with
St43
level
30%.
It s e e m s
up
nation
to
rates
from
15%
the p l a n t
t e s t e d . As
0.3.
new
this
suited with
From
these
cular
linkage
the
tested
progenies
30%, o w i n g
compared level,
can p u t
to in
to
of Rm
forward
on c h r o m o s o m e
of
parts
of
of
which
is
about
is
better
loci
(4).
two
hypothesis on
recombi-
genotypes
Rm/Rm,
these
a working
VI and
recombination induces
different
t h a t of c o n t r o l
localization
recombination sucessive
exhibit
the p r e s e n c e
Rm on h e t e r o c h r o m a t i c
particularly
the
on
after
that h o m o z y g o s i t y
cytological
data we
action of
segments
line: . The
to
homozygosity,
An2-Rt, was
of a
parti-
pericentromeric
II.
Re fe r ence s
1.
C o r n u , A . , D. M a i z o n n i e r , H . W i e r i n g , P . de V l a m i n g . 1980 P e t u n i a G e n e t i c s . Ill The l i n k a g e g r o u p s of c h r o m o s o m e V. Ann. Amelior. Plantes . 443 .453 .
2.
C o r n u , A . a n d D. M a i z o n n i e r . 1983. The G e n e t i c s o f P e t u n i a . In: P l a n t B r e e d i n g R e v i e w s , v o l . 1 (J. J a n i c k , e d . ) A v i Publishing Company. W e s t p o r t Commecticut. pp. 11-58.
3.
De V l a m i n g , P . , A. C o r n u , E. F a r c y , A . G . M . G e r a t s , D. M a i z o n n i e r , H. W i e r i n g and H . J . W . W i j s m a n . 1 9 8 4 . P e t u n i a hybrida. A s h o r t d e s c r i p t i o n of the A c t i o n o f 91 g e n e s , t h e i r o r i g i n a n d their m a p l o c a t i o n . Plant Mol. Biol. Reporter. 2,21-42.
4.
M a i z o n n i e r , D., A . C o r n u , E. F a r c y , P. de V l a m i n g . 1985. G e n e t i c and c y t o l o g i c a l m a p s in P e t u n i a . P o s t e r p r e s e n t e d G e n e t i c M a n i p u l a t i o n in P l a n t B r e e d i n g . B e r l i n .
in :
149
ATTEMPTS TO TRANSFER RESISTANCE TO PHOMA LINGAM FROM BRASSICA JUNCEA AND B. CARINATA TO B. NAPUS THROUGH INTERSPECIFIC HYBRIDIZATION FOLLOWED BY OVULE CULTURE
M. Gerdemann, M.D. Sacristän Institut für Angewandte Genetik, Freie Universität, 1000 Berlin 33
The resistance to Phoma linqam (asexual form of Leptosphaeria maculans) found in a few varieties of rape (Brassica napus) is of "quantitative" type and not expressed at all developmental stages of the plant. This is true also for rape lines derived from selected cell cultures Q )
(^2). In contrast to rape, amphi-
diploid Brassica-species with B-genoma (B. juncea, B. carinata) possess a higher level of resistance, which is expressed, already at the seedling stage, as an hypersensitive reaction to the infection.
With the purpose of transfering this high degree of resistance to rape, interspecific crosses were made between B. napus (2n = 38, AACC) and the species B. juncea (2n = 36, AABB) and B. carinata (2n = 34, BBCC). A relatively high yield of hybrids could be achieved by culturing the ovules in vitro 12-24 days after the pollination O ) •
The results of these crosses are summarized in
Tables 1 and 2.
Tab. 1. Results of crosses between oil seed winter rape varieties and B. .juncea and subsequent ovule culture Cross*
No. poll. flowers 117
No. siliqua formed
Ovules cultured
Growing embryos
%
Hybrid plants
%
78
999
76
7..6
74
7..4
Lib
X
Bj
Gar
X
Bj
132
99
954
77
8..1
65
6..9
Lir
X
Bj
182
120
1723
178
10..3
157
9..1
* Lib = 'Librador 1 , Gar = 'Garant 1 , Lir = 'Liropa 1 , Bj = B. .juncea
Hybrid plants showed an intermediate morphology and a pronounced heterosis effect. Their hybrid character was also confirmed by chromosome counts: 37 chromosomes in .juncea-hybrids, 36 in carinata-hybrids • Both types of hybrids exhibit the same resistance to Phoma as the resistant parent.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
150
Tab. 2. Results of crosses between oil seed winter rape varieties and B. carinata and subsequent ovule culture Cross*
No. poll. flowers
No. siliqua formed
Ovules cultured
Growing embry OS
/o
Hybrid plants
%
Lib x Be
877
436
1920
619
32.2
79
4.1
Gar x Be
927
402
2260
708
31.3
179
7.9
Lir x Be
909
529
2853
711
24.9
229
8.0
* Lib = 'Librador', Gar = 'Garant', Lir = 'Liropa', Be = B. carinata
The results of the first backcrosses are shown in Tables 3 and 4.
Tab. 3. First backcrosses: B. napus x (B. napus x B. Cross*
No. pollin. flowers
Ovules cultured
Lib x LibBj
535
1505
Gar x GarBj
634
Lir x LirBj
546
juncea)-hybrids
Growing embryos
R^-plants %
%
49
3.3
42
2.8
1225
30
2.5
21
1.7
1241
68
5.5
62
5.0
* Abbreviations see Tab. 1
Tab. 4. First backcrosses: B. napus x (B. napus x B. carinata)-hybrids Cross*
No. pollin. flowers
Ovules cultured
Growing embryos
R^-plants %
%
Lib x LibBc
213
572
22
3.8
11
1.9
Gar x GarBc
278
156
38
24.4
20
12.8
Lir x LirBc
332
345
77
22.3
62
17.9
* Abbreviations see Tab 2
As expected, R^-plants showed a great variability with respect to morphology and to the response to the infection with Phoma. Preliminary results of resistance tests in R^-plants seem to indicate a higher proportion of resistant plants among those from juncea-crosses than within plants of carinata-crosses. In the progeny of hybrids B. napus x B. juncea Roy (4_) (_5) found also resistant rape plants.
151 Acknowledgment
This research was supported by a grant of the Bundesministerium
für Forschung
und Technologie in collaboration with the Gemeinschaft zur Förderung der privaten deutschen landwirtschaftlichen
Pflanzenzüchtung.
References
1. Sacristan, M.D. 1982. Theor. Appl. Genet. 61, 193. 2. Sacristan, M.D. 1985. Hereditas Suppl. Vol. \
57.
3. Sacristan, M.D. , Gerdemann, M. 1985. Vortr. Pflanzenzüchtg. 9_, 91. 4. Roy, N.N. 1978. Euphytica 27, 145. 5. Roy, N.N. 1984. Euphytica 33, 295.
153 ANALYSIS OF ADH1 LOCUS IN TETRAPLOID CORN /Zea mays L./
M. Hajos-Noväk, A. Bälint Department of Plant Breeding, Agricultural University Gödöllo, Hungary H-2103 A. H. Nagy, G. Vida Department of Genetics, Eötvös Loränd University Muzeum krt, 4/a, Budapest, Hungary H-1088
Introduction
ADHl is the predominant ADH gene of corn. ADH is expressed in the mature scutellum and pollen grain. Alcohol dehydrogenase is a dimeric molecula. Different maize lines have two
electrophoretical-
ly distinguisable ADHl isoforms. ADH1-S and ADH1-F differ in their quantitative, organspecific expression and in the level of intragenic recombination. These can be explained by the gene competition hypothesis. Different ADHl alleles compete for a factor that limits ADHl expression. Using in situ staining of pollen grains for ADH activity various ADHl dysfunctional mutants have been obtained. Most of the interesting regulatory-type mutants at ADHl are in the ADH1-S allele.
Results Two allelic forms of ADHl were found in tetraploid I
corn fam-
ilies deriving from tetraploid synthetic population and in Wf9 tetraploid line. PAGE patterns of different dimeric ADHl are shown in Fig.l. Frequency of ADH1-S allele gradually decreased during inbreeding. F ^ n d F 2 hybrids of Wf9 /4x/ } x I 3 /4x/ 6 were homozygotes for ADHl-F form
/Table 1./.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
154
Start
+ Fig.l. Electrophoretic Picture of ADH1 isoforms, Extracted from Tetraploid Corn Seeds /pore gradient PAGE 4-10%/. 1.5. homozygotes, 2-4 heterozygotes, a. SS c. FF homodimers, b. SF heterodimer. Table 1. Frequencies of ADH1 Alleles in Tetraploid Maize Line, Families and in their Hybrids
Plant material Wf9 /4x/ I o Z
1 J 2. I 3 F 1 F F
1
2 x Wf 9 /Bc-^ /
Allelic forms ADHl-S
ADH1-F
0..325 0..458
0.675 0.541
0..429 0..327
0.673
0..236 0..000 0..000
0. 764 1.000 l.OOO
0..125
0.875
0.571
155
The ratio of ADH1 heterozygotes was lower than expected in Bc^ generation. Lack of pollen-ADH was found among the Wf9 /4x/ plants, while the ratio of the ADH+ and ADH - pollen in the pollen grains of the Wf9 /4x/ $> x I 3 /4x/ 2-concentrations , and, the
effects
on
are
presented.
Material
and
Methods
used.
from Anemone Only
reached ge w a s
the
established
used. Where agar
(Difco)
ments,
used or
media rile The
the
double
contain this,
of
liquid
the
Results
and
double
free
were
the
sta-
and
pol-
(6),
was
bud
(Merck,
and
to
size
pH 5.8
p. a . ) w a s agent;
added.
either
In c e r t a i n
0.8%
experi-
polyvinylpyrrolidone
liquid
gelling
had
developmental
between
a gelling
L. grains
(BDH
culture medium.
agents
All
and AC, were
ste-
used
this,
0.5%
Anthers
the
in this
petri
activated are
study,
dishes
(O = 5
charcoal,
floated
on
the
and
surface
medium.
layer m e t h o d
has
to n u t r i e n t s
produced
by
the
medium.
possible,
If
embryoids are more
or
the
in
barriers,
as
that
the e x p e r i m e n t s In
with
liquid m e d i u m .
the a n t h e r s ,
means
of
(1).
solid medium,
4 ml
to d i f f u s i o n
When
in m o s t
Discussion
access
tances,
and
biopur)
layer m e t h o d
4 ml
above
due
domestica the p o l l e n
( K e l c o , K9AP1 for Both
Characters) in the G. Premise x A.Rcyal Cross. Obs: frcm SSD
Exp :frcm F3
Ht/IGW
2
Ht/foSW
3
7
Ht/Mat
2
0
Ht/AE
0
Ht/SPY
1
SPY/AE
0
SPY/Mat
1
:frcm DH 1
2 4 2
1 1 2
2 2 0
1
1
The simplest approach to prediction i s to observe the proportion of falling
into predefined categories in samples of F3 families.
lines
It i s then
possible to rank the crosses on this basis and use i t as a prediction (5). Rank correlations can subsequently be used to compare that predicted with
329
that observed in SSD lines, as shewn in Table 4. Although preliminary, the "progeny testing" of crosses would appear to hold premise as a means o£ ranking crosses for combinations of characters. •able 4.
Rank Correlation Coefficients Between the Predicted and Observed
Ranking Based on the Phenotypic Proportions in the F3 Samples. Ht/IGW Ht/MSW Ht/Mat Ht/AE Ht/GN Ht/SPY
>P1>P1 0.15 0.75
>P1P22.0 cm to 0 - 5 cm, obtained from the nurseries of Vletters Bros, and Den Haan, Oesterweg 204, Rijnsburg (Z-H), The Netherlands, were surface sterilized for 15 mins in 10% Domestos (Lever Bros., U.K.).
After rinsing two times in sterile distilled water, the
anthers with uninucleate microspores were dissected out and planted in 90 x 15 mm Petri dishes containing approximately 20 ml of solidified basal medium (1) with 0.1 mg/1 napthylacetic acid (NAA), 0.1 mg/1 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D), and 8% sucrose. Cultured anthers were incubated at 25°C in continued darkness until the emergence of macroscopic globular embryo like structures or calli.
For ovule culture flower buds of 2.0 cm size were dissected
in a solution containing major salts of Murashige and Skoog (1) at half strength, 4% sucrose and 3g/l activated charcoal.
The
transverse section (2-3mm) of the unpollinated ovary was explanted on a solidified basal medium (2) with 400 mg/1 glutamine, 100 mg/1 serine, 50 mg/1 asparagine, 0.1 mg/1 NAA, 0.1 mg/1 2,4-D and 10% sucrose, and incubated in the dark at 21°C until the emergence of embryos.
When grown up to a size of 3-4 mm, the embryos were
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding ©1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
336 isolated and grown in light on the hormone-free ovule culture medium with 2% sucrose. For histological studies the cultured anthers and ovules were fixed in Allen Bouin II, having the formaldehyde solution reduced to 5%, embedded in paraffin and serially sectioned at 15 to 18^4(3). The iron hematoxylin was found to be the most satisfactory stain with a very light counterstain of fast green.
Root tips of the
regenerants from cultured anthers/ovules were fixed in ethanol: acetic acid!chloroform (6:3:1), stained with acetoncarmine, and counts of chromosomes made using a light microscope.
Results and Discussion In the present studies anthers from unopened flower buds were excised and stages of the microsporogenesis were monitored in order to establish a relationship between the bud size and anther development stage.
In the buds of 2 to 2.5 cm size anthers were mostly
at uninucleate microspore stage and such anthers were explanted on different media recommended for anther culture, and experiments of temperature shock (37" , 35°, 30° and 25°C) for different durations, cold preconditioning of flower buds and excised anthers, and preconditioning and osmotic impregnation of 2,4-D into the anthers were performed.
The role of different amino acids, sucrose con-
centrations, and types and ratios of auxin/cytokinin was studied. However, in none of the experiments were microspore-derived embryos obtained.
Often, the swelling and enlargement of anthers was seen.
In liquid medium, with 35°C temperature shock treatment for one day followed by three days incubation at 30°C, anthers dehisced, but no further development of microspores into embryos or calli was seen.
Occasionally, globular structures and finger-like pro-
jections developed on the anthers which, after anatomical studies, were
found to be of anther wall origin.
In the entire period
of investigation, only ten plants were derived from the anthers. However, cytological analysis
revealed their diploid nature.
This indicated that these androgenic plants were derived through the callusing of filament, anther wall or tapetum.
The failure
in the haploid production via androgenesis in our case could be
337 attributed to the fact that no attention was given to the physiological stage of the donor plants, which in several cases has been demonstrated to play a vital role in pollen embryogenesis. In the studies with the induction of gynogenic haploids, within 25-28 days, one embryo emerged from the central part of each responsive ovule.
More than 70% of these embryos germinated into
normal plantlets within 3-4 weeks.
The sectioning of unpollinated
ovaries in a suspension of activated charcoal, the presence of high concentration of sucrose and the amino acid glutamine in the culture medium were found to be essential for the successful induction of gynogenesis in lilies.
In the present studies over
90 régénérants were produced through gynogenesis.
Anatomical study
of the cultured ovule confirmed the 'embryosac' origin of the régénérants .
Cytological studies of some of the régénérants showed
a mixture of haploid and diploid cells, revealing the spontaneous doubling of the régénérants.
To our knowledge, this is the first
report of the production of gynogenic doubled haploids from oriental lilies in the Western literature.
Acknowledgement The financial support and co-operation from Vletters Bros, and Den Haan (The Netherlands) during the course of present investigation is gratefully acknowledged.
References 1. Murashige, T., F. Skoog. 1962. Physiol. Plant _15, 473. 2. Keller, W.A., T. Rajhathy, J. Lacarpa. 1975. Can J. Genet. & Cytol. _17, 655. 3. Sass, J.E. 1958. Botanical Microtechnique, The Iowa State College Press, p.228.
339 INCREASING THE EFFICIENCY OF TRITI CALE ANTHER CULTURE
P. Ryöppy, J . Honkanen and P.M.A.
Tigerstedt
Department o f P l a n t B r e e d i n g , U n i v e r s i t y of H e l s i n k i , 00710 H e l s i n k i , F i n l a n d
Introduction E a r l y and hardy European and Canadian t r i t i c a l e m a t e r i a l s were grown as bulk p o p u l a t i o n s through ten generations i n F i n l a n d . The p o p u l a t i o n s have become w e l l adapted but they e x h i b i t wide v a r i a t i o n i n morphological and p h e n o l o g i c a l t r a i t s . To study t h i s v a r i a t i o n and to produce pure l i n e s f o r b r e e d i n g purposes an anther c u l t u r e technique was developed. The f i r s t
experiments
were promising (1) but there were l a r g e d i f f e r e n c e s between genotypes i n i n d u c t i o n of c a l l i
their
o r embryoids and a l s o v a r i a t i o n from y e a r to y e a r w i t h i n
the same genotype. Most o f the d i h a p l o i d l i n e s were a l s o too l a t e f o r the F i n n i s h c l i m a t e . To o b t a i n b e t t e r y i e l d s o f c a l l i , embryoids and p l a n t l e t s and t o enable the i n d u c t i o n o f e a r l i e r l i n e s pretreatment experiments were initiated.
M a t e r i a l and Methods For pretreatment experiments, three s t r a i n s were taken from the f i e l d m a t e r i a l : 0110 (bulk p o p u l a t i o n ) , 0130 and 0150 (two l i n e s s e l e c t e d from 0110 i n 1977). Stems o f the e a r l i e s t p l a n t s i n the f i e l d were cut about 20 cm below the ear when the p o l l e n was at the u n i n u c l e a t e s t a g e . The developmental stage o f the p o l l e n was checked by s t a i n i n g some anthers w i t h a c e t o - o r c e i n . Ears were i n s e r t e d i n the pretreatment medium and kept at +4°C f o r t h r e e , f i v e , seven o r ten days. Five d i f f e r e n t media were t e s t e d : El - d i s t i l l e d w a t e r ; E2 d i s t i l l e d water w i t h 2 mg/1 2,4-D and 0 . 5 mg/1 k i n e t i n ; E3 - E5 water was r e p l a c e d w i t h v a r i o u s c o n c e n t r a t i o n s
distilled
( 1 / l x , l / 1 0 x and l/100x)
of
Ng c u l t u r e medium w i t h o u t sugar but w i t h the same hormones as i n E2. As a c o n t r o l , anthers from 50 ears of each genotype were i n o c u l a t e d w i t h o u t any pretreatment. The c u l t u r e method f o l l o w s Chinese experiments w i t h Ng medium (2, 3). In the c a l l u s i n i t i a t i o n medium there are N, macro- and microminerals
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding ©1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
340 and vitamins. Hormones are 2,4-D 2 mg/1 and k i n e t i n 0.5 mg/1. The sucrose concentration i s 5 - 8 %. In the d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n medium the hormone combination i s 0.2 mg/1 NAA and 1 mg/1 k i n e t i n and the sucrose concentration i s reduced to 2 - 3 %.
Results and Discussion In a l l experiments there was a p o s i t i v e c o r r e l a t i o n between c a l l u s production and the cold pretreatment time. For the s t r a i n s 0130 and 0150, the callus production i n i t i a l l y dropped but increased again after f i v e or seven days in the cold ( F i g . l . ) . Between media there were no s i g n i f i c a n t differences
(although
a low concentration of N g seemed to be a l i t t l e better than a high one) but differences were found between genotypes. Two of the s t r a i n s responded p o s i t i v e l y and one negatively to pretreatment media compared to the control (Fig.2.) D i f f e r e n t i a t i o n occurred only after short treatments, which may be due to pollen development in the cold. When taken from the f i e l d a l l pollen was at the uninucleate stage. Depending on the genotype, d i v i s i o n occurred after f i v e to
341
Fig. 2. The response of the genotypes to pretreatment media seven days and after ten days in the cold almost a l l the pollen was at the binucleate stage. One problem i s that a large proportion of the plantlets are albinos. By decreasing the sugar content from 3 to 2 % in the d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n medium and by lowering the growth temperature from 28°C to 24°C, one can obtain about 50 % green plants. Green plants adapt e a s i l y to s o i l and after colchicine treatment homozygous lines can be tested for agronomic characters.
References 1. Ryöppy-Ekbom, P. and T i g e r s t e d t , P.M.A. 1984 - In: Proceedings of the 10th Congress of the European Association for Research on Plant Breeding, EUCARPIA, Wageningen, the Netherlands, 19-24 June 1983. p. 345. 2. Chu Chih-ching, 1978. - In: Proceedings of Symposium on Plant Tissue Culture, May 25-30 1978, Peking, pp. 43 - 50. 3. Sun Jing-san, Zhu Z h i - q i n g , Wang J i n g - j u and Tigerstedt, P.M.A. 1980. Acta Botanica S i n i c a 22:27 - 31.
343 GENETIC GAIN FOR SOME AGRONOMICAL CHARACTERS BY DIHAPLOID BREEDING IN BARLEY
A. Sarrafi, R. Ecochard, C. Planchon, M. Ali-Sadiq Plant Breeding Department, Faculty of Agriculture, Toulouse University, Av. de Muret, 31076 Toulouse Cedex, France
145
Introduction
Several investigations have b e e n undertaken to produce dihaploids for barley breeding purposes. Among them, we can mentioned the most recent ones
: Callus
and suspension cell lines were derived from haploid barley embryos produced by the H. bulbosum method. The majority of regenerated plants were haploid (5). The percentage of embryos relates to cultivars of H. vulgare and H. bulbosum used in crossing programmes
(3). Comparison of the H. bulbosum method
(HBM)
and microspore culture (MC) w i t h the hap initiator technique (HIT) gave haploid production percentages as follows
: HBM 9.67 Z, MC 0.24 % and HIT 0.47 % (4).
Relationships between population size and chance of obtaining favorable genotypes in a barley breeding programme based on the use of dihaploids were established (1). Large differences were observed b e t w e e n dihaploid lines and some of them combined disease resistance and high productivity
(2).
The main purpose of this research is to study the genetic gain for some agronomical characters in dihaploid barley lines.
Material and Methods
Haploid plants were obtained by crossing selected F2 plants of "Robur x Platen" combination with H. bulbosum and Secale cereale. The percentage of haploid plants obtained by embryo culture in intergeneric crosses was
19.15 and two
times higher than in interspecific crosses. Dihaploids were produced by colchicine treatment. A total of 15 haploid lines were selected in field conditions. Dihaploids were compared with their parents in 1984 in a randomized blocks design with 4 replications, each 3 rows of 1.5 m. In 1985, twelve dihaploid lines selected through
15 were compared w i t h their parents in a replicated trail w i t h
3 replications, each 10 m2.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
344 Results
Genetic gain estimated f o r three important characters
Table1Genetic Genotype
Platen DH - Hb
-
II
1
(cm)
1000 seeds weight
(g)
1984
1985
1984
90 53b
95 33 a
40 52 a
46.97 a
202 50 c
500 l b
102 25°
67 c
46b
52.30 b
147 0
a
4458a
40 66 a
49.41 a
152 95 a
4590a
39b
51.34 b
98 a
4700a
40 78a
49.58 a
172 15b
5078b
147 05 a
-
93 75b
116
101 17a
43
88
3
92 53b
It
4
99 o o c
II
5
75a
tl
6
93 oo b
103 17b
II
7
98 o o c
108 33b
50 3
50 a
89 c
52.04 b
46 16c
54.28 C
86
25 a
1
83
II
2
95 75b
II
3
94
It
4
87 oo a
It
5
100 53C
It
6
99
25C
II
7
95 oo b
It
8
75a
L S D 5 %
(g)
1985
2
-
yield
1984
II
DH - Sc
1.
Gain f o r some Agronomic Characters in Dihaploid Barley Lines
Plant height
Robur
is resumed in Table
84
97 0
a
102 83b
41 06 a 99
101
50 a
101 50 a
43
193 53°
4943b
43 72b
54.69°
195 20C
4683a
41 2 l a
59.09 b
181
33b
4745 a
213
58 d
5028b
226 88 d
54 82
44
105 oo b 115
67C
98 17a 104
33b
7.13
95b
-
40b
43 l l b
51.5
154
4b
44
03b
5.88
44
1985
-
170
38b
-
-
154 98 a
-
41 72a
50.55 b
192 53 c
4706a
46b
51.74 b
195
90 c
4676a
40 89 a
50.92 b
195 63C
4967b
42 89b
51.72 b
10b
4488a
1.83
3.01
43
169
19.90
298.65
Means with the same l e t t e r are not s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t DH- d i h a p l o i d l i n e , Hb- H. bulbosum, Se- Secale c e r e a l e
Results show that : 1. Some d i h a p l o i d l i n e s l i k e "DH-Hb-2" and "DH-Sc-1" are as short as "Robur" v a riety 2. The "DH-Hb-6" and "DH-Sc-2" l i n e s have b i g g e r seeds than those of
"Platen"
variety 3. Genetic gain f o r y i e l d i s observed in "DH-Sc-1" and "DH-Sc-2". These two l i n e s are more productive than "Robur" v a r i e t y .
345 The whole study shows that dihaploid line "DH-Sc-2" presents genetic gain for all characters and should be a promis sing line.
References
1. England, F.J.W. 1981. In : Barley Genetics (Proceedings of the Fourth International Barley Genetics Symposium). Edinburgh Univ. Press UK. pp 176-178. 2. Friedt, W. and B. Foroughi-Wehr. 1983. Field performance of androgenetic doubled haploid spring barley from F1 hybrid. Zeitschrift fur Pflanziichtung. 90. 177-184. 3. Pickering, R.A. 1984. Crossability relationships between certain species in the Hordeae. Barley Genetics Newsletter. 14-17. 4. Powell, W. and W. Wood. 1984. A n assessment of the hap initiator gene for haploid production in Hordeum vulgare. J. Agric. Sci. 103, 253-255. 5. Seguin-Swartz, G., L. Kott and K.J. Kasha. 1984. Development of haploid cell lines from immature barley embryos. Plant cell Rep. 3. 95-97.
347 EFFECT OF A GAMETOCIDE ON THE INDUCTION OF HAPLOIDS IN TRITICUM AESTIVUM
J. Schmid and E.R. Keller Department of Crop Science, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), 8092 Zürich, Switzerland
Introduction
Genotype and environment have an important influence on the induction of androgenesis in wheat. We have at our disposal several wheat lines with a good androgenetic response. The main objective is to induce the ability to produce haploids by anther culture, independent of the genetic background of the breeding material. The genotype/environment interactions are numerous; we want to develop a method which utilizes all those factors which will have a positive influence on the induction of androgenesis. Out of a series of anther culture in wheat with an average of 6.7 embryos and 0.1 plant per 100 cultured anthers, one male sterile genotype was striking with 69 embryos and 5 plants per 100 anthers. Working with male sterile tobacco lines (1), the number of haploid plants was higher than with normal tobacco plants. One reason for this is the increase in certain types of microspores which seem to be more able to induce androgenesis. We therefore started to work with gametocides which could have the advantage of inducing male sterility and androgenesis on all of the interesting genotypes.
Results and Discussion
The following results form a part of preliminary studies which have not yet been completed. a) Variation of gametocide (CGA) concentrations in the potato-2-medium. Details of anther culture methods are described in (2). Best results were obtained with combinations of 2,4-D and CGA but without kinetin (Tab. 1). The induction of androgenesis, shown by the number of embryos formed, was high in the combination 1.5 mg/1 2,4-D and 1.0 mg/1 CGA. Treatments with 3.0 mg/1 2,4-D combined with several CGA concentrations resulted in an essentially lower percentage of embryos (18.1 %) as compared with 1.5 mg/1 2,4-D (52.7 %). The number of anthers
G e n e t i c Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter d e Gruyter & Co., Berlin • N e w York - Printed in G e r m a n y
348 cultured was low; in spite of this fact we observed a great variation among the petri dishes within the same treatments, indicating that many unknown interactions with the gametocide influence the success of anther culture.
Table 1.
Induction of Androgenesis by a Gametocide (CGA) Combined with 2,4-D in Addition to the Potato-2-medium with Two Spring Wheat Genotypes (Dadora and 83Z118.32). CGA concentration (mg/1) 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 control 1
Dadora
CN t-H oo
6
83Z118.32
m
1 :: No. anthers 2 •: No. embryos 3 :: 2/1 %
604 55 9.1
1 ;: No. anthers 2 :: No. embryos 3 :: 2/1 %
409 120 29.3
821 54 6.6 -
1462 643 10 0 0.7 0 220 266 120.9 -
-
206 63 30.6
258 0 0
1670 4 0.2
113 51 45.1
686 18 2.6
For example, the best petri dish in the treatment with 1.5 mg 2,4-D and 1.0 mg CGA formed 212 embryos from 46 cultured anthers; the poorest petri formed only 19 embryos from 62 cultured anthers. b) The gametocide was applied to the anther donor plants (run-off treatment, spike length: 2cm) in order to synchronize and optimize all factors leading to the induction of androgenesis and to obtain more information about the reaction of the gametocide. Because of the limited material in these preliminary studies, the small differences between the treatments are difficult to explain. Best results were obtained by applying the gametocide when the spike had reached 2 cm in length. The concentration 0.1 mg CGA/ plant resulted in a good embryo as well as in good plant production (Tab. 2). The gametocide has a positive effect on the precondition of the donor plant and thus on the induction of androgenesis.
Table 2. Induction of Androgenesis by the Application of a Gametocide (CGA) to the Anther Donor Plant of the Spring Wheat Genotype 83Z118.32. CGA (mg/plant)
No. anthers
No. embryos
No. embryos ^ No. anthers 0
No. plants
No. plants y No. anthers
0.1 1.0 2.0 5.0
637 325 458 238
193 56 143 70
30.3 17.2 31.2 24.7
44 12 13 18
6.9 3.7 2.8 6.4
Control
686
18
2.6
3
0.4
c) A cytogenetical analysis was made to determine the effect of the gametocide on the possible change in the type of microspores. The aim of this study was to
349
find out if a correlation exists between the p-pollen (with high androgenetical potential) and the induction of androgenesis..The addition of CGA to the medium did not lead to a higher number of p-pollen, but only to the expected increase in t-pollen (dead pollen). In the trial with the application of CGA to the donor plants, we did not observe a positive correlation between p-pollen and the number of embryos formed. Further experiments are needed to determine whether the gametocide has an effect on the type of microspore which could cause an increase in the induction of androgenesis. d) The gametocide induces male sterility and may have a positive influence on the induction of androgenesis. In addition, it has an effect on female development which could be utilized to induce gynogenesis. We looked for a gametocide treatment which would result in the induction of haploids through androgenesis and gynogenesis simultaneously; preliminary studies are under way. Haploids from male and female parts of the same flower are of interest to wheat breeders.
Conclusions
A gametocide added to the potato-2-medium can lead to a higher number of embryos as compared with the control (2,4-D, kinetin, without CGA). CGA combined with low concentrations of 2,4-D (1.5 mg/1) showed the best effect. Direct application of the gametocide to the anther donor plants resulted in good haploid induction, possibly due to a preconditioning effect.
Acknowledgements CIBA GEIGY Limited, Basle (Switzerland) made the gametocide available for our experiments. We wish to thank Dr. E. Fankhauser for his advice concerning the application of the gametocide.
References
1. Heberle-Bors, E. 1982. Planta 156, 396 2. Schmid, J., H. Winzeler, P.M. Fried and G. Kleijer. 1985. Mitteilungen fUr die Schweiz. Landw. 8^, 187.
351
THE INDUCTION OF HAPLOIDS OF SUGARBEET (BETA VULGARIS L.) USING ANTHER AND FREE POLLEN CULTURE OR OVULE AND OVARY CULTURE.
G.J. Speckmann jr. Nickerson-Zwaanesse bv, Stompwijk, The Netherlands J.P.C. Van Geyt, M. Jacobs Instituut voor Moleculaire Biologie, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, B1640 St-Genesius Rode, Belgium
Introduction Haploid
and
diploid
plants
and
cultures
can
have
important
applications in sugarbeet breeding. Haploids are useful for the selection of induced mutations. Dihaploids can be used for the homogenisation understanding
of
the
breeding
material
and
of the genetical background
for
the
better
of single as well as
polygenic traits. Results Androgenesis. Nuclear and cell divisions could be induced in anthers with microspores
in
late
meiosis
until
early
uninucleate
state.
No
correlation could be found with regard to floral characteristics and the stage of development of the microspores. The reaction was highly
dependant
propagation response.
and High
on
the
genotype
vernalisation sucrose
did
used. not
of
the
cells
of
the
division
in
the
microspores.
anther After
vitro
vegetative
the
androgenic
affect
concentrations
reaction
In
(15 wall
two
to
%)
inhibited
the
and
favoured
cell
three
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
weeks,
the
352
microcalli had to be isolated out and subcultered on media with lower sucrose content
(5 %) and charcoal
(0.5 %). After spraying
the inflorescence with 2-chloroethyl phosphonic acid, proembryoids were
detected
in the
anther
after
approximately
three weeks of
culture. No plantlets could be regenerated. In
order
induction
to
induce
period
of
divisions
at
least
in
four
free
days
pollen
was
culture,
necessary.
an
Nuclear
divisions could also be induced in culture media supplemented with an amino acid mixture derived from an analysis of anthers in the right stage for androgenesis (1). Gynogenesis. Haploid culture
plants
could
be
regenerated
from
ovule
(3). The reaction was highly dependant on the
and
ovary
genotype.
The number of ovules or ovaries regenerating at least one plantlet ranged
between
0
and
2.2
%.
The
plantlets
originated
from
embryogenic structures. The development of callus originating from the mothertissue hampered the development of the plantlets. This callusformation could be inhibited by adding 0.5 % charcoal to the medium
(D'Halluin,
pers.
comm.).
This
treatment
increased
the
plantlet induction to a maximum of 6.1 %. The plantlets seldomly formed a good root system. Therefore
the plants were propagated
vegetatively as described before (2). The ploidy various
and origin of the regenerants was checked by
methods.
The
origin
was
determined
by
comparing
heterozygous isozyme patterns with the patterns of the regenerated plants
(4).
All
plantlets
proved
to
be
homozygous.
Chromosome
counts in root tips and chloroplast counts in the guard cells of the
stomata
of
the
leaf
epidermis
showed
a haploid
chromosome
number. The corresponding root tips however were mostly diploid or
353 tetraploid. Chimaeric shoot or root tips were seldomly found. In some
cases
different indication
different
chromosome that
regenerants numbers
in
polyploidisation
of
the
their occurred
same
clone
roottips. after
This
showed is
an
the process
of
gynogenesis.
Acknowledgements We want to thank mr. Dua for excellent technical assistance and Miss. D'Halluin
for helpful
discussions.
This
research
was
supported by the IWONL, Belgium.
References 1.
Van Geyt, J.P.C., D'Halluin, Pfanzenzucht. (in press).
2. Van Geyt, J.P.C. 4:66-69. 3.
K.
and Jacobs, M.
and
Jacobs,
M.
1985.
Z.
(1985). Plant Cell Reports
Van Geyt, J.P.C., Speckmann, G.J. jr., D'Halluin, K. Jacobs, M. (1985). Theor. Appl. Genet, (in preparation).
and
4. Van Geyt, J.P.C., and Smed, M. 1984. Z. Pfanzenzucht.: 92, 295308.
355 FROST TOLERANT PLANTS OBTAINED FROM PROLINE ACCUMULATING CELL LINES
A.C. van Swaaij, E. Jacobsen Department of Genetics, University of Groningen, Kerklaan 30, 9 751 NN Haren, The Netherlands
Introduction Within the genus Solanum large differences exist in frost tolerance between species (1). Efforts to transfer frost tolerance of wild species via sexual crosses to the frost sensitive cultivars of S. tuberosum have resulted in hybrids with increased frost tolerance, but the further selection of frost tolerant cultivars has been rare (2) .
Proline has often been suggested to be protective in plant cells during environmental stress (3). In a number of potato clones frost tolerance could be increased by inducing a high proline content of the leaves (4). Here we describe a method to obtain frost tolerant S. tuberosum plants by the regeneration from cell lines which were selected for proline accumulation. Additionally, methods are described to measure the frost tolerance in plants as well as in cell cultures.
Methods And Results Proline accumulating cell lines were selected from a cell suspen2 sion of a dihaploid potato clone H 578, after plating on media with hydroxyproline (Hyp, 5-10 mM) (van Swaaij, in prep.). From 67 selected colonies 6 0 showed a proline content varying between 2 and 25 times that of the wild type when grown away from Hyp for 1 month. One of these proline accumulating lines was further characterized. Tab.l shows that Hyp-resistance and proline content in H4a decrease in time when callus is grown away from Hyp. However, callus growing for 7 months without Hyp and also, callus derived from regenerated plants of H4a (like LC1H4a/lO) still show higher Hyp-resistance and
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin New York - Printed in Germany
356 T a b l e 1: Some C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f C e l l L i n e H4a, C a l l u s D e r i v e d from a R e g e n e r a t e d P l a n t (LC H4a/10) and o f W i l d t y p e C a l l u s . 1, 3, 7 = Months o f Growth on N o n - s e l e c t i v e Medium. H y p - r e s i s t a n c e = R e l a t i v e Growth on 5 mM Hyp Compared t o Growth on H y p - f r e e Medium. - = n o t determined. H4a 1 Proline
(umol/g. FW)
Amino a c i d s
(%)
probably higher p r o l i n e lected
trait
3
2.2
(umol/g. FW)
Hyp-resistance
LC^a/lO
Wild
type
7 0.9
6.0
7.1
74
20
content
0.3
0 . 16
0 . 25
2.0 27
0
than t h e w i l d t y p e .
appears t o be p a r t l y
stable
Thus the
se-
and i s p a s s e d through
re-
generation . Apart
from p r o l i n e
acids,
there
with a r e l a t i v e
t i v e decrease in glu, Frost tolerance of of
is
an o v e r a l l
larger asp and
cell
increase of
increase
in pro,
l i n e H4a was d e t e r m i n e d .
regenerated
L e a v e s were f r o z e n i n t e s t
of
the e l e c t r o l y t e
s u s p e n s i o n s were f i r s t c o l l e c t e d t r e a t e d i n t h e same way as the
leaves.
After
resulting
the e l e c t r o l y t e s
i n an e l e c t r o l y t e
of
the l e a v e s
filters
(4).
in both
Cell
and than
t h e s o l u t i o n o b t a i n e d by
50% o f
The
temperature
t h a t o b t a i n e d by
f r e e z i n g i n l i q u i d n i t r o g e n was used as measure f o r f r o s t (FKT)
as
thawing damage was d e -
in d i s t i l l e d water.
leakage of
to
a t 0°C dam-
l e a k a g e from the c e l l s on g l a s s f i b e r
t e r m i n e d by measuring t h e c o n d u c t i v i t y exosmosis of
of
plants
tubes
and a f t e r thawing o v e r n i g h t
age was d e t e r m i n e d by measuring the c o n d u c t i v i t y an i n d i c a t i o n
amino
tyr.
c u l t u r e s as w e l l as o f
predetermined temperatures
free
and a l a and a r e l a -
tolerance
cases.
T a b l e 2: F r o s t T o l e r a n c e and P r o l i n e Content i n C e l l Suspensions and L e a v e s o f R e g e n e r a t e d P l a n t s , t = 0 and t = 3 R e f e r t o the Months o f Growth on N o n - s e l e c t i v e Medium. Proline cell
suspension
Regenerated plants
FKT
(umol/g.FW)
(°C)
H4a
(t=0)
1.6
-5.6
H4a
(t=3)
0.6
-4.7
Wild type
0.2
-2.5
H4a
0.3 to
15.5
Wild type
0.2 t o
0.8
-3.2 to
-4.7
-2.5
-3.3
to
357 Frost tolerance in the regenerated plants of H4a varied considerably but was in most somaclones substantially higher than in the wild type (Tab.2). This increase was accompanied by a high leaf proline content, however, proline content and frost tolerance were not always correlated, suggesting that other factors, possibly the total free amino acid content, could play an important role too. Frost tolerance of cell suspensions of line H4a varied with the time of growth on non-selective medium, but was always higher than that of the wild type cell suspension. Thus frost tolerance of H4a seems to be determined by cellular factors.
References 1. Chen, H.H. and P.H. Li. 1980. Plant Physiol. 6J5, 1146-1148. 2. Estrada, R.N. 1982. In: Plant Cold Hardiness and Freezing Stress (P.H. Li and A. Sakai, eds.). Ac.Press, New York. 3. Aspinall, D. and L.G. Paleg. 1981. In: The Physiology and Biochemistry of Drought Tolerance in Plants. (L.G. Paleg and D. Aspinall, eds.). Ac.Press, Sydney. 4. Swaaij, A.C. van, E. Jacobsen and W.J. Feenstra. 19 85. Physiol. Plant. 64, 230-232.
359 SOMATIC CELL GENETICS OF POTATO I. USE OF MONOHAPLOIDS B.A. Uijtewaal, W.M. Mattheij Dept. of Plant Breeding, Agricultural University Lawickse Allee 166, NL-6709 DB Wageningen, The Netherlands
In a joined project of the Department of Plant Breeding tural University, Wageningen), the Foundation ITAL
(Agricul-
(Wageningen)
and the Department of Genetics of the University of Groningen, financed by the Foundation for Technical Sciences
(STW), research
is going on to construct a gene map of potato to pave the way for genetic engineering of that crop. Via prickle-pollination
(pseudogamy) and anther culture, more than
400 monohaploid lines of different Solanum species and interspecific hybrids have been produced. These single genome lines (12 chromosomes) are screened for stability of ploidy level after several cycles of shoot multiplication and growth in vitro. From the first 200 monohaploids ten different lines from four different genetic sources could be selected. These lines were then screened for the ability to produce callus and to regenerate plants after protoplast isolation and fusion. At this stage of research we are able to produce calli out of protoplasts from most of the genotypes 2+
and regenerate plants from some of them. By way of PEG (Ca
, high
pH) method, fusion frequencies of more than 5 % have been realized. Fusion products are being selected for hybrid vigour. Another aim is to produce from each monohaploid a series of homozygous clones with the ploidy levels x, 2x, 3x and 4x in order to study gene dosage effects. At this moment x-2x-4x series of six monohaploids have been obtained. They are being investigated for vigour and fertility.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
361 FACTORS AFFECTING CALLUS AND PLANT PRODUCTION IN ANTHER
CULTUSES
OF TOMATO
N.A. Zagorska, M.D. Abadjieva, H.K. Oanh Institute of Genetics, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia 1113, Bulgaria
Introduction
The interests of a large number of research workers nowadays are directed towards the establishing of methods for obtaining h a p loid plants and increasing the quantity of haploids by using different treatments. The aim of this study w a s t.o identify some factors w h i c h influenced the induction of callus and plantlet formation in anther cultures of tomato. Twelve different variants of pretreatment /temperature and radiation/were tested on flower buds and anthers of 2 genotypes. The anthers were cultivated on Murashige and Skoog /MS/ nutrient medium /1/+2ip or zeatin after a method previously described /2. 3/
Results
The results obtained showed that, the influence of gamma r a d i a t i o n and temperature pretreatment on callus induction was unimportant while both of them affected shoot formation and plant r e g e n e r a tion. The best results for organogenesis and plant regeneration
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
362 for the male
sterile variety Roma, homozygous for the recessive
gene ms 1 0 ^ / R o m a msms/were observed with a pretreatment of 4°C for 48 hours/22,6% of the anthers produced plantlets/, and with 35°C for 4 days - 21,„4% /Table 1./.
Table 1 The Influence of Temperature on Callus and Organogenesis Induction in Anther Cultures of Tomato Pretreatment
Nutrient Medium MS +
Anthers w/th Callus - % Roma Msms msms
Anthers w/th Shoots - % Roma Msms msms
Control
2ip zeatin
78,0 70,5
1.6,5 14,2
1,9 2,%
4°C 48 hours
2ip zeatin
88,2 68,1
3,0 1,5 2,8 2,0
25,5 26,2
22,,6 10,9 8,6 1'7,4 16,6 7,2
0,9 0
47,7 39,5 51,,2 51 „0 21,0 17„2
4°C
6 days
2ip zeatin
7°C
7 days
2ip zeatin
36,7 55,9 68,0 51,6
10°C 9 days
2ip zeatin
72,.3 56,4
69,1 39,8
14,3 8,0
4,5 2,0
35°C 4 days
2ip zeatin
82,9 66 „4
42,2 44,8
21,4 4,4
0,1 1,7
In Table 1 the data of
three years' investigations /1982-1984/
were presented. The anthers were collected from the donor plants grown in the field and greenhouse conditions. It was necessary to notice that the anthers collected from the field conditions had given higher percentage of organogenesis, than those cultivated in greenhouse. 32,2% of the anthers from the field pretreated with 35°C for 4 days and 29,3% of anthers pretreated with 4°C for 48 hours had given shoots,, while those of greenhouse conditions with the same pretreatment have respectively 11,4% and 5,6% shoots. The role of the genotype for the organogenesis was also of great importance.In the same growing conditions the percentage of
the anthers from the fertile variety Roma, heterozygous for •7 IT
the recessive gene ms 10
/Roma Msms/ that gave callus was the
highest - 69,1% at 10°C for 9 days and 4,5% organogenesis, at 4°C for 48 hours the percentage was respectively 51,1% and 3,0%.
363 Por the variety Roma msms with the same pretreatment the results obtained were higher - 88,2% and 22,:6%.
The phytohormonal compo-
sition of the nutrient medium influenced organogenesis and regeration. In all variants of pretreatment the medium with 1 mg/1 2ip gave better results, than the medium with zeatin /Table 1/. In respect of the influence of gamma radiation on callus and shoot formation the results showed that, the best, pretreatment was when using 400 rads only or in combination with low temperature. In our
investigation 400 plantlets were regenerated. They
showed great variability of morphological properties /height of the stem, size and shape of leaves and flowers/ and continuation of the vegetation. The cytological analyses of the regenerants' root meristem demonstrated great variability of chromosome number. Most of
the regenerants were mixoploid, but there were hap-
loids, diploids, triploids and tetraploids also. The results obtained showed that the genotype, the growing conditions of donor plants, the phytohormonal composition of nutrient medium and the pretreatment with low temperature and gamma radiation affected the frequency of organogenesis and regeneration in anther cultures of tomato.
References
1. Murashige,T., F. Skoog. 1962. Physiol. Plant.
473.
2. Zagorska, N.A., M.D. Abadjieva, H.A. Georgiev. 1982. Compt. Rend.Acad.Bulg.Sci. 3£, 1, 97. 3. Zagorska, N.A., M.D. Abadjieva, H.A. Georgiev, R.A. Georgieva. 1982. Proc. 5th Int.Cong.Plant Tissue and Celi Culture.Tokyo. 539.
365 PART 4 IN-VITRO
PROPAGATION
Bornman, C.H., R. Vankova and L.O. Björn Role of m e t h o d o l o g y in f a c i l i a t i n g a p p l i c a t i o n of tissue culture t e c h n i q u e s
367
Preil, W. In vitro p r o p a g a t i o n and breeding of o r n a m e n t a l a d v a n t a g e and d i s a d v a n t a g e of v a r i a b i l i t y
377
plants:
Sink, K.C., L.W. Handley, R.P. Niedz and P.P. Moore P r o t o p l a s t culture and use of r e g e n e r a t i o n a t t r i b u t e s select s o m a t i c hybrid tomato plants Z e n k t e l e r , M., and A. SI u s a r k i e w i c z - J a r z i n a Sexual r e p r o d u c t i o n in plants by applying the m e t h o d test tube f e r t i l i z a t i o n of ovules Becker, U., and G. Reuther C y t o g e n e t i c studies in callus
cultures of A s p a r a g u s
to
of
off.
405
415
425
M a l e p s z y , S., A. N a d o l s k a - O r c z y k and W. Orczyk Systems for R e g e n e r a t i o n of Cucumis sativus plants in vitro
429
James, D.J., A.J. Passey, K.A.D. M a c K e n z i e , O.P. Jones and E.C. M e n h i n i c k R e g e n e r a t i o n of t e m p e r a t e fruit t r e e s in vitro via o r g a n o genesis and e m b r y o g e n e s i s
433
F o r d - L l o y d , B.V., and S. Bhat P r o b l e m s and p r o s p e c t s for the use of p r o t o p l a s t s breeding
437
in beet
Steffen, A., T. Eriksson and 0. Schieder Shoot r e d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of A g r o b a c t e r i u m t r a n s f o r m e d protopl.asts and plant tissue - with c o n v e n t i o n a l m e t h o d s not a c h i e v a b l e
441
J a c o b s e n , H.-J., and W. Kysely I n d u c t i o n of in v i t r o - r e g e n e r a t i o n via s o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s in pea (Pisum sativum) and bean (Phaseolus vulgaris)
445
A n d e r s e n , J.M., F. Okkels, P. Ulskov and J. M a r c u s s e n E n d o g e n o u s c y t o k i n i n s during e m b r y o g e n e s i s in a carrot cell s u s p e n s i o n
449
Bhat, S., B.V. F o r d - L l o y d and J.A. Callow Tissue and p r o t o p l a s t c u l t u r e in c u l t i v a t e d
453
beets
Eriksen, F.D., C.J. Jensen and P. O l e s e n P r o t o p l a s t f o r m a t i o n in c e r e a l s - an a s s e s s m e n t
457
F i l i p p o n e , E., and T. Cardi E x p l o i t a t i o n for breeding of in vitro c u l t u r e of pea explants
461
366 G e y t , J . P . C . v a n , K. C l a e s , A . H . S . S e n a n a y a k e and M.Jacobs S o m e a s p e c t s of t h e in v i t r o c u l t u r e of t h e b e e t ( B e t a v u l g a r i s L.)
465
H y r k a s , K . , M. K i v i n e n a n d P . M . A . T i g e r s t e d t I n t e r s p e c i f i c h y b r i d i z a t i o n of r e d c l o v e r ( T r i f o l i u m p r a t e n s e L.) w i t h a l s i k e c l o v e r ( T r i f o l i u m h y b r i d u m L.) u s i n g in v i t r o e m b r y o r e s c u e
469
J e n s e n , C . J . , A. B u c h t e r - L a r s e n , D. C a s s , E . C . T h o r n , K. E n g e l l a n d P. O l e s e n P o l l e n a n d o v u l e c u l t u r e s of b a r l e y to i s o l a t e , m a n i p u l a t e a n d t r a n s f e r s p e r m c e l l s in in v i t r o f e r t i l i z a t i o n
473
J e n s e n , C.J., and E.C. Thorn S t r a t e g i e s in h i g h f r e q u e n c y r e g e n e r a t i o n f r o m h a p l o i d c e l l a n d t i s s u e c u l t u r e s of b a r l e y
477 diploid
Linacero, R., and A.M. Vazquez S o m a c l o n a l v a r i a t i o n in p l a n t s r e g e n e r a t e d c a l l u s e s in r y e ( S e c a l e c e r e a l e L.)
from
L u h r s , R . , a n d H. L o r z Somatic e m b r y o g e n e s i s , cell and p r o t o p l a s t H o r d e u m v u l g a r e L. ( b a r l e y )
culture
and 479
embryo 483
M a r i n o , G. I s o l a t i o n a n d c u l t u r e of p r o t o p l a s t s f r o m c a l l u s sus p e n s i o n - c u I t u r e d cells of Prunus c e r a s u s and Actinidia chinensis
of 487
and
M o r e n o , V . , L. Z u b e l d i a , B. G a r c i a - S o g o , F. N u e z a n d L . A. R o i g S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s in p r o t o p l a s t - d e r i v e d c e l l s o f C u c u m i s m e l o L.
491
R u i z , M . L . , M . I . P e l a e z , J. R u e d a , F . J . E s p i n o a n d A.M. Vazquez A c o m p a r i t i v e s t u d y of c a l l u s f o r m a t i o n a n d p l a n t r e g e n e r a t i o n from d i f f e r e n t e x p l a n t s of P h a s e o l u s v u l g a r i s and Ph. c o c c i n e u s
495
S t o l a r z , A . , a n d H. L o r z Somatic e m b r y o g e n e s i s , cell and p r o t o p l a s t t r i t i c a l e (x T r i t i c o s e c a l e W i t t m a c k )
499 culture
Z i m n y , J., a n d H. L o r z S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s and plant r e g e n e r a t i o n t e m a t i c t i s s u e of S e c a l e c e r e a l e (rye) Zimny- J., and J.J. R y b c z y n s k i S o m a t i c e m b r y o g e n e s i s of t r i t i c a l e
of 503
from
meris507
367 ROLE OF METHODOLOGY
IN FACILITATING APPLICATION OF TISSUE CULTURE TECHNIQUES
12 • 3 2 Chris H. Bornman ' , Radomira Vankova ' and Lars 01 of Björn •'•Cell and Tissue Culture, Hilleshög Research AB, Box 302, S-261 23 Landskrona, Sweden ^Department of Plant Physiology, University of Lund, Box 7007, S-220 07 Lund, Sweden 3 Institute of Experimental Botany, Czechoslovak Academy of Science, Ke dvoru 15, 166 30 Prague 6, Czechoslovakia
Abstract The use of phytological methods for the selective elimination of chloroplasts as well as their application to the removal of the radish (Raphanus sativus) chloroplast genome from male sterile oilseed rape (Brassica napus) is described. This example of controlled cybridization is used to support the argument that in vitro culture when used in conjunction with basic scientific methods, is expected to increase the opportunities for genetic manipulation in plant breeding. Introduction Plant cell and tissue culture is assuming ever-increasing attention as a potential biological tool in contemporary plant breeding.
However, with few
exceptions such as haploidization via anther and ovule culture, major difficulties are often encountered in the adaptation of in vitro culture techniques to practical plant breeding. Examples include the failure hitherto of somatic hybridization, the inability to fully utilize somatic embryogenesis because of embryoid incompetence, and the unavailability of useful engineered genes in order to take advantage of transformation systems such as electroporation.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • N e w York - Printed in G e r m a n y
368 It seems appropriate to emphasize that plant cell and tissue culture is a tool, not a science.
Its rational application is dependent upon our understanding
of the complexity of cell, tissue and whole plant biology.
Therefore, the
imaginative combination of biochemical, physiological, biophysical, immunocytochemical and other methods with in vitro culture is expected to extend opportunities for genetic manipulation in plant breeding in future. This presentation deals generally with cybridization and specifically with the elimination and substitution of the chloroplasts by either photobleaching or sensitization, with or without high intensity irradiation.
The
problem chosen was the chlorophyll defect displayed by male sterile Brassica napus plants when grown at low temperature.
The aim was to determine whether
available physiological methodology could be used in conjunction with existing in vitro culture technology so as to reduce the complexity of the subsequent selection procedures. Construction of cms-cybrid Brassica napus Pelletier et al. (1983) demonstrated that the loss of physiological vigour resulting from the transfer to Brassica napus (oilseed rape) of the male sterility conferred by the cytoplasm of Raphanus sativus (radish) (Bannerot 1974, 1975) could be corrected by fusion of protoplasts of normal (male fertile, mf) and cytoplasmically male sterile (cms) oilseed rape, followed by extensive selection.
While observing post-fusion site specific recombination of mitochon-
drial genomes Pelletier et al. (1985) did not find combination of the chloroplast genomes; the elimination of either the one or the other was attained during the first few mitoses.
We (Carin Jarl, unpublished results) have found over
60% of the plants regenerated from the one-to-one fusion products of male-fertile and male-sterile oilseed rape protoplasts to be amphitetraploid, necessitating a complex programme of backcrossing and selection to recover amphidiploid,
369 male-sterile plants that display normal photosynthetic behaviour under conditions of low temperature. The selection of hybrids or cybrids from a heterogeneous population of cells or microcalli following somatic fusion is usually based on mechanical or complementation selection.
Complementation selection frequently involves
chlorophyll deficient or non-allelic mutants and has largely been confined to Datura spp., Nicotiana spp. and Petunia spp.
Ideally, the fusion of a single,
selected evacuolated protoplast or nucleoplast with a single, selected enucleated protplast (cytoplast) would eliminate the problem of post-fusion selection altogether.
Therefore, the techniques of Koop et al. (1983, 1985), and Spangenberg
et al. (1986) who worked with Brassica napus, could come to play an important role in test tube plant breeding. The two essential components in the synthesis of a cms oilseed rape cybrid are (1) a Brassica napus cytoplast containing Raphanus sativus cytoplasm from which the radish chloroplasts have been eliminated and (2) a normal Brassica napus protoplast. Elimination of chloroplasts From a practical point of view there are two ways by which chloroplasts can be eliminated: (1) inhibition of plastid replication by ultraviolet radiation, high temperature, application of antibiotics such as streptomycin and nalidixic acid (Schiff et al., 1961, Ebringer 1972), and (2) sensitization and destruction (Marschner 1964, 1965).
Plastids can be destroyed directly by very intense
red light, by making them more susceptible to light by pretreatments which cause a pathologic accumulation of protochlorophyllide (for example, 5-aminolevulinic acid), or by inhibiting carotenoid systhesis. Enrichment of cytoplast and nucleoplast fractions Density gradient centrifugation (Lorz et al. 1981, Griesbach and Sink 1983) can be used to provide enriched fractions of cytoplasts (enucleated
370 protoplasts of varying diameter) and nucleoplasts (evacuolated protoplasts ca 10-20 pm in diameter).
Removal or inactivation of the nucleus using cyto-
chalasin B or X-irradiation, respectively, are not recommended. Fusion Fusion is carried out by using either polyethylene glycol-induced or electric field-induced treatment.
However, in order to take advantage of
Koop's (Koop et al. 1983) method namely that of fusion of two single selected protoplasts, only electrical field fusion can be employed.
A recent study
Hahn-Hagerdal et al. 1986) in which the effects on membrane properties of polyethylene glycol- and electric field treated-oilseed rape protoplasts were compared, showed that whereas both treatments caused the same apparent changes in surface hydrophobicity and destabilization of membrane components, the electric field-treated protoplasts resulted in considerably less leakage of intracellular components, probably explaining the increased viability of such protoplasts as compared with chemical fusogens. Analysis of cybrid plants In order to confirm the nature of the putative cybrid plants a comparative analysis of the regenerated cybrid plants, male-sterile and male-fertile oilseed rape parental plants and radish cms-donor plants should be carried out.
Cytological (chromosome number, karyotype), morphological (flower and
gross plant morphology), biochemical (restriction analysis of chloroplast and mitochondrial DNA, isozymes, fraction I protein) and physiological
(variable
chlorophyll fluorescence) methods can be used. Procedure Two procedures, one actual (A) and one potential (B), for the establishment of cms-cybrid Brassica napus are summarized below and a few alternative combinations (C) are also indicated.
371 A.
Fusion of chloroplast-free cytoplasts of a cms Brassica napus line with nucleoplasts of a normal regenerative Brassica line. 1.
Germinate surface-sterilized seeds of the cms line on an agarified medium containing macro- and micronutrient elements of Murashige and Skoog (1962), 3% sucrose and 100 pg ml" 1 SAN 9789 (norfluorazon, filter-sterilized).
Grow for 2-3 weeks in constant light, photon
fluence rate ca 150 (jmol m " 2 s " 1 , wavelength 670-680 nm, 22 + 2°C. Grow seedlings of the normal line under similar conditions, omitting SAN 9789 and reducing sucrose to 1%. SAN 9789 results in accumulation of phytoene, leading to the inhibition of carotenoid synthesis, to the excitation of chlorophyll to the triplet state as well as to the oxygenation of chlorophyll to chlorophyll peroxide. 2.
Isolate protoplasts from the hypocotyls of photobleached SAN-treated seedlings.
Enrich the cytoplast fraction by subjecting the protoplasts
(5 x 10"* per 5 ml tube)to an iso-osmotic three-step (Lorz et al. 1987, but using 50, 30 and 20% Percoll) discontinuous density gradient centrifugation (35000 g, 40 min).
Withdraw the cytoplast band with
a hypodermic syringe by inserting the needle into the tube just below the band; wash twice to remove Percoll. Isolate protoplasts from either petioles or mesophyll of normal, mf-seedlings and enrich the nucleoplast fraction as above, or by subjecting the protoplasts (10® per 5 ml tube) to continuous density gradient centrifugation (150000 g, 1 h) according to Griesbach and Sink (1983).
Withdraw the nucleoplasts with a hypodermic syringe;
wash twice to remove Percoll. 3.
Carry out bulk one-to-one fusion of chloroplast-free, cms-Brassica napus hypocotyl cytoplasts with chloroplast-containing, mf-Brassica
372 napus petiole or mesophyll nucleoplasts using either polyethylene glycol or electric field treatments (Hahn-Hagerdal et al. 1986). Transfer all the material subjected to fusion treatment to 0.5 M sucrose and layer over 0.9 M sucrose.
Centrifuge at 100 g, 5 min.
Fused cytoplasts and nucleoplasts tend to collect at the 0.9 M interface, non-fused and fused cytoplasts float, and non-fused and fused nucleoplasts sediment.
Culture fused cells in liquid medium
and plate in nutrient agarose after ca two weeks. 4.
Vernalize regenerated plantlets, 45-60 days, 4-6°C; check for absence of chlorosis, but also use other parameters to verify nature of cybridization.
B.
Fusion of two single selected protoplasts following laser microbeam elimination of radish chloroplasts in a cms Brassica napus cytoplast.
(See Koop
et al. 1983 for detailed description of protoplast selection and fusion procedures.) 1.
Prepare cytoplasts and nucleoplasts as described under Al, 2 omitting SAN treatment and using petiole protoplasts of the cms Brassica napus line and mesophyll protoplasts of the normal line.
2.
Using a micromanipulator, introduce a single cms petiole cytoplast into a 0.1 pi droplet of fusion medium.
Focus the beam of a helium-
neon laser (4-6 mW) mounted on an inverted microscope to a 5-8 pm spot.
Because light of ca 634 nm is maximally absorbed by proto-
chlorophyllide, the He-Ne laser which emits at 632.8 nm is ideal. We have found that addition of 5 mM 5-aminolevulinic acid to the enzyme incubation medium (overnight incubation) results in a large accumulation of protochlorophyl1ide.
Both pigments and plastid
components are then readily destroyed by the laser's very intense red light.
373 3.
Following irradiation of the cytoplast, introduce a single mesophyll protoplast or nucleoplast into the same microdrop.
Bring the two
protoplasts into focus and lower two electrodes mounted on the condenser of the microscope into the droplet.
Align the protoplasts
via dielectrophoresis by applying an AC-field. DC-pulse to induce fusion.
Apply a single
Transfer the fused protoplasts to micro-
drops consisting of freshly prepared culture medium.
(Thus far we
have concentrated on the technique, which requires patience and skill, and have not attempted to regenerate callus from the fused protoplasts.
However, the method is sound in principle and may
possibly also be used to selectively alter mitochondria by making use of a blue-green argon laser.). C.
Alternative approaches in cybrid formation As was noted earlier, fusion of cms Brassica napus protoplasts with mf Brassica napus protoplasts tends to result in synkaryony.
The methods
indicated under A and B above are based on the fusion of a cms Brassica napus cytoplast with a mf Brassica napus nucleoplast.
However, since the
napus nucleus is common to both, cms Brassica napus protoplasts can also be fused with mf cytoplasts. As regards the elimination of chloroplasts following the pathologic accumulation of protochlorophyl1ide, the most practical sequence is: tissue irradiation
protoplast isolation
fusion ->• regeneration.
However, reversing protoplast isolation and irradiation in this sequence has also been found to work, although the regeneration frequency is greatly reduced presumably as a result of damage to the protoplasts as a result of direct irradiation.
When irradiation follows after fusion, the
frequency of regeneration is further reduced.
374
References
Bannerot, H., Boulidar, L., Cauderon, Y., and Tempe, J.
1974.
Transfer of
cytoplasmic male sterility from Raphanus sativus to Brassica oleracea. Proc. Eucarpia Meeting Cruciferae, 52-54.
Bannerot, H., Boulidard, L., and Chupeau, Y. met with the radish cytoplasm.
Ebringer, L.
1972.
1977.
Unexpected difficulties
Eucarpia Cruciferae Newsletter, 2-16.
Are plastids derived from prokaryotic micro-organisms?
Action of antibiotics on chloroplasts of Euglena gracilis.
J. Gen. Microbiol.
71:35-52.
Griesbach, R. J., and Sink, K. C.
1983.
Evacuolation of mesophyll protoplasts.
Plant Sci. Lett. 30:297-301.
Hahn-Hagerdal, B., Hosono, K., Zachrisson, A. and Bornman, C. H. 1986. Polyethylene glycol and electric field treatment of plant protoplasts: characterization of some membrane properties.
Physiol. Plant, (in press).
Koop, H.-U., Dirk, J., Wolff, D., and Schweiger, H.-G. hybridization of two selected single cells.
1983.
Somatic
Cell Biol. Int. Repts
7:1123-1128.
Koop, H.-U. and Schweiger, H.-G.
1985.
Regeneration of plants from
individually cultivated protoplasts using an improved microculture system. J. Plant Physiol. 121:245-247.
375 Lörz, H., Paszkowski, J., Dirks-Ventling, C., and Potrykus, I.
1981.
Isolation and characterization of cytoplasts and miniprotoplasts derived from protoplasts of cultured cells.
Marschner, H.
1964.
Chlorophyllbildung und Blattschäden bei Gerste unter dem
Einfluss von Cäsiumionen.
Marschner, H.
Physiol. Plant. 53:385-391.
1965.
Flora 154:30-51.
Anreicherung von Porphyrinen und Protochlorophyllid in
Gerstensprossen unter dem Einfluss von Cäsium.
Murashige, T. and Skoog, F.
1962.
Flora 155:558-572.
A revised medium for the rapid growth and
bioassays with tobacco tissue cultures.
Physiol. Plant 15:473-497.
Pelletier, G., Primard, C., Vedel, F., Chetrit, P., Remy, R., Rouselle, P., and Renard, M.
1983.
protoplast fusion.
Intergeneric cytoplasmic hybridization in Cruciferae by
Mol. Gen. Genet. 191:244-250.
Pelletier, G., Vedel, F., and Belliard, G. breeding.
1985.
Cybrids in genetics and
In Proc. of the 1st Nordic Cell and Tissue Culture Symposium on
Research, Breeding and Production of Crop Plants, Frostavallen, Sweden, March 5-9, 1984 (Eds Bornman, C. H., W. K. Heneen, C. J. Jensen, and A. Lundqvist). Hereditas Suppl. Vol. 3:49-56.
Schiff, J. A., Lyman, H., and Epstein, H. T.
1961.
Studies of chloroplast
development in Euglena II. Protoreversal of the U. V. inhibition of green colony formation.
Biochim. Biophys. Acta 50:310-318.
Spangenberg, G., Koop, H.-U., Lichter, R. and Schweiger, H.-G. culture of single protoplasts of Brassica napus.
1986.
Micro-
Physiol. Plant. 66:1-8.
377 IN VITRO PROPAGATION AND BREEDING OF ORNAMENTAL PLANTS: ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF VARIABILITY
W. Preil Federal Research Centre for Horticultural Plant Breeding Bornkampsweg 31, D-2070 Ahrensburg, F.R.G.
Introduction In vitro propagation methods have become more and more important during recent years, especially with many ornamental plants like Gerbera, Nephrolepis, Saintpaulia, Lilium, Cordyline, etc. (1). Variations have been rarely observed among plants that have been produced in large numbers, e.g. orchids (2). In other cases high variability could be detected in progenies derived from tissue culture
(3). Two groups of horticulturists use these facts for
different practical purposes: The plant propagators, on the one hand, apply those multiplication methods which result in the lowest possible variability, e.g. by initiation of axillary shoot development and by suppression of callus or adventitious bud formation. The breeders, on the other hand, take advantage of those techniques which increase variability for selection of any kind of improved cultivars. Some years ago the new term 'somaclonal variation 1 was created and recognized as a novel source of plant improvement. From the literature of the last 20 years it was concluded that plant cell culture itself generates variability
(4). It is very unlikely that tissue
culture could induce biological processes that follow pathways different from those in the entire plant. There is, however, no doubt, that tissue culture may uncover preexisting variability in somatic cells of the donor plants and may also enhance processes responsible for different kinds of genetical or physiological changes. In horticultural history clonal variation has proved to be a common phenomenon, well known since the early days of Dutch tulip breeding in the 17th century. Variations have been frequently observed
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
378 when plants were propagated vegetatively over a period of several years. In all important clonally multiplied ornamentals
'sports',
i.e. spontaneous somatic mutants or chimeral rearrangements, were found in sometimes surprisingly high frequencies. For example, among some 1300 varieties of tulips mentioned in the 1951 - 52 registration, 'Murillo' bred in 1860, produced about 60 sports expressing an amazing range of colours (5). Out of 274 azalea cultivars listed by Heursel (6) 144 (= 52.5 %) were sports. Evaluating the 1984-catalogues of 22 companies from Europe and the USA offering Chrysanthemum cuttings for the German market 585 (= 48.1 %) out of 1217 cultivars were sports or induced mutants (7). Some other examples of clonal variation in ornamentals have been reviewed by Wasscher (8) and Horn (9). The reason for such large numbers of introduced varieties may be seen in the fact that new types are much more appreciated in ornamentals than in any other crops which are less subjected to trends of fashion. The selection and cultivation of 'sport-families' in horticultural practice has, furthermore, the advantage that these near-isogenic lines can be grown under the same environmental conditions. Therefore, in general
breeders and growers of ornamentals
have turned their attention more intensively to all kinds of somatic mutants than agriculturists do.
So we have to put the question
whether the recently emphasis on'somaclonal variation' represents a 'novel' source for plant improvement or is only a new view of an old situation made more accessible by improved techniques. This paper will review some reasons for variability observed after in vitro propagation of ornamental species and will discuss the use of in vitro methods for screening and selection of spontaneous or induced mutants.
Chimerism Chimerism is the result of intra-apical mutations or of incorporation of mutated somatic cells into de novo formed shoot apices. For definition of different types of chimeras see Brabec Tilney-Basset
(11), and Bergann
(10),
(12). In species vegetatively propa-
gated over several years chimerism seems to tie the rule rather than the exception. Most of the chimeras remain undetected and, therefore.
379 are called
1
crypto 1 -chimeras. Only a few groups can be recognized by
their phenotype, e.g. the chlorophyll chimeras caused by gene and/ or plastid mutations. In flower colour chimeras some can be easily identified, e.g. in azaleas
(Rhododendron simsii) anthocyanin de-
fect mutations in the L^ result in flowers with white edges and lighter coloured central regions as compared with the original cultivar. Of all azalea sports registered in Europe (6) 37.5 % are anthocyanin defect L^-periclina1 chimeras. Proof that a plant is a chimera may be often obtained from adventitious buds arising from internodes of the stem or sometimes from roots, as already mentioned seventy years ago by Bateson (13). A reason for the accumulation of chimeras in vegetatively propagated plants is the induction of immense numbers of axillary and adventitious shoots incorporating mutated somatic cells into the developing apices. According to the official statistics, e.g. 20 mil]. azaleas were produced in the FRG in 1984 (14). Each of these azaleas was pinched five times during an 18 months cultivation period, i.e. several hundreds of million of shoots were decapitated every year. Therefore, it is not surprising that spontaneous somatic mutations have a good chance to participate in the development of axillary or adventitious buds expressing different kinds of chimerical structures. The mutation rates vary, of course, depending on the genetic
background of the cultivars. In some cases azalea
seedlings, flowering the fi rst time after the fifth pinching, already had branches with periclinal anthocyanin defect L^. The first L^-chimeral sport of cv. 'Hellmut Vogel 1 was introduced after 6 years, and the first sport of cv. 'Ambrosiana' only occurred
after 27 years. In 'Violacea1,
a
variety more than
100 years old, no pigment deficient L^-chimera has been found to date. A similar situation can be expected in all vegetatively multiplied crops. Many mutations influence physiological characters which may cause plant improvement. Cultivars, probably periclinal chimeras, could have been improved in the past by selection in clonal progenies. Clonal selection, therefore, is an important tool for breeding purposes
(12, 15). Because the economic
value of many cultivars
depends on their characteristic chimeral composition, unique traits may be lost or altered after in vitro or in vivo vegetative propagation when adventitious shoots develop which are not chimeral or
380
consist of a rearranged apical constitution. In case two different mutations happen in two of the three histogenic layers, a periclinal trichimera may arise. Rearrangement of the three genetically different layers would theoretically result in 27
different
apical
meras, and 3 homohistonts
constitutions: 6 trichimeras, 18 dichi(12). This high number of possible re-
arrangements in histogenic cell layers after two or more mutations explains the appearance of sport-families after a relative short period of time in many vegetatively multiplied ornamentals. For the true to type multiplication process of chimeras the maintenance of the original apical constitution is of extraordinary importance. For this purposes the in vitro cultures have to be started from intact shoot tips or axillary buds. For breeding and selection of improved variants, however, the segregation of the histogenic cell layers has to be induced, e.g. by callus proliferation, cell suspension cultures and development of adventitious buds.
Mosaicism In the literature the term 'mosaicism' is used in various meanings. According to the definition of an IAEA recommendation
(16) mosai-
cism is the 'instability in the progeny of a cell due to chromosome, genie or cytoplasmatic cause'. This includes the usually observed instability of cell- and callus cultures (17, 18, 19, 20, 21). Genetic instability of cells in intact plants resulting in mosaicism is well known since the investigations on transposable genetic elements in maize (22). In the past 20 years similar elements have been identified in every kind of organism been examined
that has
(23). Mosaicism caused by stable extra-apical mu-
tations in organs or callus systems can convert to chimerism after incorporation of mutant cells into adventitious buds of multicellular origin. In periclinal chimeras mutations affecting the colour of plastids influence different kinds of leaf variegation of mosaic like character (11,24, 25, 26, 27, 28).
381 Chimerism or mosaicism related to in vitro culture of some ornamentals: Poinsettia, Chrysanthemum, Saintpaulia, Begonia, Pelargonium Poinsettia
(Euphorbia pulcherrima)
The detailed studies on chimeras in poinsettia demonstrated that sport families can be obtained by rearrangement of the histogenic cell layers (29, 30, 31, 32). Investigating the inheritance of bract colour of poinsettia, anthocyanin synthesis was found to be determined by a single dominant gene WH (33). Plants homozygous for the recessive allele whwh develop anthocyanin free (white) bracts. The origin of pink bracts was either determined by a single recessive gene pk, whose effect was to reduce the amount of pigment formed
(34) or by the appearance of periclinal chimeras
lacking anthocyanins in the L^ (30). It is a common observation that the L^ in heterozygous poinsettia cultivars
(WHwh) mutates
after a certain period of in vivo clonal propagation into whwh resulting in a periclinal chimera with pink bracts. Thus the old cv. 'Imperator' sported into 'Ecke's Pink1 consisting of histogenic constitution
'white-red-red'. After chimeral rearrangement of
'Ecke's Pink' the two cultivars 'Trebistii alba' and 'Ecke's White'
(white-white-red)
(white-white-white) originated in vivo (30, 32).
Today these processes of sport development can be considerably shortened by in vitro techniques: From cross sections of petiols of the monoekto-chimera
'Annemie-Pink'
(white-red-red) cultivated
on MS-agar medium, three histogenic cell layer rearrangements beside the original 'Annemie-Pink'-plants can be achieved variants obtained were 'Annemie' (white-white-red), and
1
(red-red-red),
Annemie-White 1
(35). The
'Annemie-Marble'
(white-white-white). These
experiments demonstrate the multicellular origin of adventitious buds ir. "-h^ case of the regenerated chimeral 'Annemie-Pink' and 'Annemie-Marble'-plants. Other experiments using cell suspension cultures of 'Annemie-Pink', however, resulted in regeneration of plants with red or white bracts indicating that the de novo formation of meristems was initiated by single cells only
(36).
According to the statement of Broertjes and Keen (37), 'the apex of the adventitious shoot is formed by only one (epidermal) cell of the meristem or the callus. Another possibility is that the apex formation is not a random process and that the first dividing
382
cell, forming the future meristem or callus, soon occupies the major part of this meristem, on top of which a few cells
(most like-
ly genetically identical vegetative daughter cells - mutated or unmutated) form the apex of the adventitious shootlet'. From in vitro cultures of the chimera
'Annemie-Pink', we can conclude
that the origin of adventitious shoots may develop de novo either from single cells or from groups of cells depending on in vitro cultural conditions. The identification of crypto-chimeras in any species is of interest for both, propagator and breeder. In case of chimerism care has to be taken to prevent all cell layer rearrangements during in vitro propagation. In breeding experiments one has to bear in mind that L^ mutations are not transmitted sexually, and, furthermore, that the phenotype of many important chimeral cultivars is the result of the combination and interaction of genetically different histogenic cell layers. After plant regeneration segregated
from
layers, variants of diminished value must be taken into
account when important characters are the result of a unique chimeral constitution. This
can
be demonstrated
'Annette Hegg 1
nating from cell suspension cultures of cv. sport
'Brillant'
(syn. Diamond)
'Annette Hegg' cell
(A) plants with short internodes, oak-like
and bracts similar with
and its
(36). Two different groups could
b« 3ist in-juishcd among the 37 3 plants from suspensions.
for plants origi-
'Annette Hegg',
leaves,
(B) plants with elongated
internodes, narrow bracts and 10 days delayed flowering. The leaves were of the same type as in group A. Axillary branching, a typical and horticulturally important character of
'Annette Hegg'
and its sports, did not appear in any group. The suspension culture of cv.
'Brillant' yielded
139 uniform vari-
ant plants lacking axillary branching, but with elongated
inter-
nodes and oak-like leaves. The appearance of only one type is possibly a result of diplontic selection influenced by in vitro culture conditions. Many morphological characters of these plants appeared similar to those in cv.
'Paul Mikkelsen 1 . This
supports
the opinion maintained by a group of poinsettia experts that 'Annette Hegg' may be a chimeral sport of
'Paul Mikkelsen'.
In order to determine the genetic constitution of histogenic layers of seven pink cultivars, plants were regenerated
cell
in our lab
383 from cell
suspensions
(38). T h e
the seven cultivars were found 1
in t h e i r p r o g e n i e s .
Ziegers-Pink',
were
achieved.
and
Six white
The
1
Annemie-Pink1
Hegg-Pink1
a n d 221
which was
that
five
no pink b r a c t s
were
of
only
red plants d e r i v e d
a n d 51 w h i t e
already
'white'
The two c u l t i v a r s 116'
can be c o n s i d e r e d
ture methods procedures
and
13' a n d
culture
the chimeral
for
those
low
propaga-
conditions. Seedling
due to their
that these
bracts
'Christi-
chimera.
'W. S ü p t i t z - P i n k
is n o d o u b t
an a d v a n t a g e
to b e a
indicate
suspension
red
from
355 r e d f r o m
identified
to be h o m o h i s t o n t s
There
represent
since
under
'Gutbiers V
form pink progenies.
easily
cells
of
'Preduza-Pink', plants with
small n u m b e r of p l a n t s w i t h w h i t e b r a c t s
t i o n rates of No
because
From suspensions
'Annette
ane Zieger-Pink'-suspensions, of
results demonstrated
chimeras,
uni-
suspension
further practical
n a t u r e of a p h e n o t y p e
cul-
breeding
now can
be
ascertained.
Chrysanthemum Although
in C h r y s a n t h e m u m
in v i t r o
(39, 4 0 , 4 1 ) ,
tice because of
a rooted
high multiplication
c o s t o f a n in v i t r o
the
appearance
is a n o t h e r
handicap of
servations
of Stewart and Dermen
tions, chromosomal
to result
a suppressor
Variants
originating
tions
chimeras
21
napolis'
types
e.g.
suggested
instability
The most loss
frequent
in m i t o s i s
that
to
supposed
to be
are known proved
less
type
in
sporting
chromosome
chromoplasts.
frequent
layers than
of
those
of
muta-
(43).
s e r i e s of c h i m e r a l composition.
(49). T w e l v e o f to b e p e r i c l i n a l
explanations
t y p e of
Ob-
muta-
involved
on the nature
is w e l l d o c u m e n t e d
of a p i c a l
are
of t h e a p i c a l
literature
and van Harten
that gene
of a
f o r m a t i o n of y e l l o w
For more
cultivars
cultivars
cases different cultivar,
to t h e
in C h r y s a n t h e m u m
48). From m a n y
(42)
chimeral
in vivo.
are
d u c e d d u e to c h a n g e s family
prac-
exceeds
of p l a n t s not true
from rearrangement
loss.
see Broertjes
Chimerism
plant
achieved
in
in v i t r o p r o p a g a t i o n of C h r y s a n t h e m u m .
from the
carrying
from chromosome
of h i g h n u m b e r s
loss,and
the somatic variation
periclinal
produced
can be
a role
cutting.
Occasional
is a s s u m e d
rates
this method does not play
(42, 4 4 ,
45, 46,
s p o r t s c o u l d be From
the
intro-
'Indianapolis'
16 i n v e s t i g a t e d chimeras
47,
'India-
(42). I n
some
e x i s t for t h e a p i c a l c o n s t i t u t i o n o f one
'Indianapolis-Pink'
was
identified
as a
trichi-
384 mera, whose L2
apex consists
and a yellow
changes
L^
in flower
(44). T h i s w a s b a s e d o n
layers:
cream,
and bronze
yellow
lateral
from the o r i g i n a l
'No 3 I n d i a n a p o l i s - P i n k '
Stewart They
original
homohistonts.
cultivar.
by any m u t a t i o n .
It s e e m s ,
only
in the upper
florets. cipating
o f I^
the genetic
for s y n t h e s i s
To b r i n g m o r e
into
light
regenerated
plants
remaining
67 p l a n t s
for
156 h a d
93 p l a n t s
showed
4 plants
It s e e m s tations
8 weeks
that the investigated ly o f
the a p i c a l
scribed
plants may
anthocyanins carotenoids
of p r o d u c e d
anthocyanins,
suspensions
lab
genetiwere
(50). O u t o f
into
pink
four
249
colour.
groups:
flowers.
culture,
types were
consist
was
a trichimera, ( P W Y ) , as
156 n o r m a l p i n k
PPP,
because
exist
some
layers which
resulting
PWY,
PWW.
interactions influence
deare
all of them
PWP,
probab-
flowering
cells of the petals and PPW, PPY,
mu-
conclude
of u p to s i x t y p e s , w h i c h
epidermal
cell
caused by
and, therefore, we
'pink-white-yellow'
that there may
different
gene-
flowers
in the m e s o p h y l l :
thermore, we assume
parti-
as t h e
9 developed more dark pink
in t h e i r p h e n o t y p e ,
in the upper
the genetically
in o u r
(44). T h e r e g e n e r a t e d
not distinguishable
cell
'Indianapolis-Pink'
theoretically
(not
as w e l l
flowers
constitution
by W e a v e r
anthocyanin
discussion on the
that all variant
suspension
ligulate
13 h a d c r e a m - w h i t e
yellow
to b e u n l i k e l y
not
gene-
expressed
and L^
flowers of the o r i g i n a l flowers,
that
carotenoids.
c o u l d be c l a s s i f i e d
light pink
exhibited
during
unknown
the controverse
w i t h t r a c e s of a n t h o c y a n i n s , and
for
the
periclinal
is
of C h r y s a n t h e m u m
'Indianapolis-Pink',
initiated and cultivated The
of
unlikely
pink
synthesis
potential
remains
'Indianapo-
ideotype was
identical,
epidermis
t i c b a s i s o f t h e L^
cal c o n s t i t u t i o n of
tho and
it w a s
that several
(origin of the p e t a l - m e s o p h y 1 1 )
in p e t a l d e v e l o p m e n t )
that
however, very
the original
anthocyanin
(L^-derived)
In s u c h c h i m e r a s
synthesis
In c o n t r a s t , f r o m
It is m o r e p r o b a b l e
because
white,
'Indianapolis-Pink'
furthermore,
tically different, but phenotypically chimeras were derived
type
to b e a c h i m e r a b e c a u s e
after decades of clonal propagation affected
composition
flowering
a n d D e r m e n (42) c o n c l u d e d that b o t h
argued,
not be e x p e c t e d
seedling
altered
pink
buds of
unpigmented
radiation-induced
sports were derived.
and adventitious
types were
lis-Pink' would
pink L^, an
colour due to a s u p p o s e d l y
of histogenic s t u d y of
of a g e n e t i c a l l y
the
have lack Fur-
between amount
in l i g h t e r o r d a r k e r p i n k
pig-
385
mentation or only in traces of anthocyanins in the petals. Such interactions between cell layers influencing pigmentation were described by Bergann (31, 32). Supposed interactions may also explain the results of Bush et al. (46), who reported on in vitro cultures of petal segments of 'No 2 Indianapolis Bronze'. They observed among regenerated plants individuals which had besides carotenoids in the petal mesophyll 'normal', 'some', 'traces' and 'no' anthocyanin production. This corresponds to the four possible genetical constitutions of the petals for anthocyanin synthesis in L^ and L 2 tissue: PP, PW, WP, WW. The combination PW and WP may possibly be responsible for 'some' and 'traces' of anthocyanin. The genetical situation of 'Indianapolis-Pink' seems to be much more complicated than expected so far. Our own results allow the assumption that homohistonts and heterohistonts had been regenerated from cell suspension cultures, i.e. apex formation started from single cells as well as from groups of cells, in contrast to the poinsettia experiments. From in vivo experiments it is known that adventitious shoots may arise either from single cells or from more than one cell (42, 51). Results obtained from in vitro culture of petals indicate that adventitious bud formation may be of multicellular origin
(46, 52). From histological examination
it was infered that cell divisions in petals started in the L 2 tissue (52). However, corresponding observations by Broertjes et al. (51), suggested, that adventitious shoots develop from single epidermal cells (L^) resulting in almost exclusively solid
(non-
chimeral) individuals after X-irradiation. Abnormalities in plants regenerated from leafy callus of cv. 'Indianapolis white Giant No 4' after 9 years of in vitro culture were described by Sutter and Langhans (53). These plants were less vigorous than their controls. About 15 % were characterized by lack of apical dominance. Delayed flowering and morphologically aberrant flowers of reduced diameter were observed. Genetic instability, chimeral rearrangement as well as residual hormone effects are offered as possible explanations for the abnormalities. Of 87 flowering plant three had anthocyanin pigmentation in 50 % of the florets. A few had yellow stripes down to the centre of the florets. This flower colour variation seems to be unexpectedly low, because 'Indianapolis White' is assumed to be a periclinal chimera, which L 1 and
are unpigmented, but the L, is genetically yellow
386
(able to synthesize carotenoids) according to Weaver (44) or genetically pink (able to synthesize anthocyanins) according to Stewart and Dermen (42). In both cases more flower colour variation has to be expected due to rearrangement and separation of the cell layers. Investigations on chromosome numbers in Chrysanthemum showed distinct variations in callus cells and in vitro derived plants from different explant sources
(54, 55). In the cells of the callus
chromosome numbers varied largely from 49 to about 230 after two weeks of culture. The frequency of the cells identical with the original plant was only 32 %. Cells with more than 100 chromosomes reached 2 0 %. In plants, however, regenerated from capitula and from almost all shoot tips after 5 1/2 months of culture the chromosome numbers were not different from the parental tissue. In contrast, 36 % of the plants from various stem segments showed variations in chromosome number. Changes in the phenotype such as flower colour
inflorescence size, floret shape, and plant height
were observed. Frequency of the variation in flower colour depended on the explant sources. Shoot tip culture produced 7 % of plants with different flower colour, capitula 22 % and stem segments 37 %, respectively. Saintpaulia The importance of in vitro propagation of Saintpaulia increases continuously in horticultural practice. The number of plants produced in the Netherlands was about 0.6 mill, in 1980 and 4.4 mill, in 1984 (1). Spontaneous mutations are rare in some clones, but more frequent in others
(43). Off types derived from in vitro cul-
ture do not exceed the percentage usually found in conventional propagated clones (56). In general chimerism seems to be rare, because adventitious buds predominately arise from single cells (57). Experiments with a white flowering unstable clone, showed that about 10 - 30 % pink off types regularly developed
(58). Solid
white and pink clones as well as segregating progenies could be selected after two steps of in vitro culture of leaf sections. In cv. 'Inge', a blue flowering clone, plants not true to type with pink and lightviolet spots can be usually observed in frequencies of about 0.01 % among conventional propagated clones. The chimeral nature of such off types had been demonstrated after in vitro mul-
387 tiplication. Blue, pink and lightviolet flowering individuals with a large range of variations in morphology and flowering time could be obtained. Uniform progenies were established from selected single plants after in vitro culture
(58). Investigations on varie-
gated cultivars demonstrated that parental leaf pattern could be maintained after in vitro regeneration. This led to the assumption that in vitro adventitious buds may arise from multicellular units (59). From leaf variegated cv. 'Marge Winters' 90 % of the in vitro regenerated plants were similar to the parent variegation. Progenies from cv. 'Bold dance 1 were 100 % identical to the parent (60). It is surprisingly that from a chimera uniform
(chimeral) proge-
nies
buds,
could
be
obtained
via
adventitious
all
of
multicellular origin. Leaf variegation pattern in Saintpaulia, however, can also be explained by plastom mutations followed by segregation of intact and mutated plastids during cell divisions (61, 62). This assumption would correspond to the well documented observation that adventitious buds originate
from only one cell
in Saintpaulia. Begonia Begonias demonstrate high regeneration capacity in in vivo and in vitro propagation systems. In the horticulturally most important species Begonia X hiemalis in vitro methods are used for both elimination of bacterial pathogenes from stockplants for commercial propagation
sulted in numerous sports of commercial interest authors reported uniformity
(63, 64, 65) and
(66). Spontaneous variation in vivo re(67). While some
in vitro progenies or did not find in-
creased variation in tissue culture derived plants as compared with propagation by cuttings (64, 66, 68, 69), others found varying numbers of plants not true to type (70, 71, 72, 73). Recently Westerhof et al. (74) compared the variation after one, two and three cycles of in vitro propagation. Whereas the population of cv. 'Aphrodite-Pink' obtained after one cycle was uniform, 13.1 and 10.7 % variants were found after two and three cycles. Among cv. 'Schwabenland-Red' 0.7, 2 3.7 and 45.2 % deviations occurred after one, two or three in vitro propagation cycles. When subculturing three deviating types of 'Aphrodite-Pink' with 'round leaves', 'extreme branching of shoots' or 'early flowering', uniform offspring were obtained indicating stability of variation.
388
From three subcultured off types of
1
Schwabenland-Red' , namely
'extremely tapering leaves', 'thick, brittle leaves, short internodes' or 'late flowering', only one plant of the type 'late flowering' yielded a stable offspring resembling the deviating parent. The other variants returned to the normal type and, therefore, can be classified as epigenetic changes due to effects of the in vitro culture environment. These findings should have consequences for further strategies of commercial in vitro propagation. No detailed information basing on experimental data are available on the cellular origin of stable in vitro derived variant plants. A comparable situation, however, can be assumed to exist in Saintpaulia, because adventitious buds predominantly arise from single epidermal cells also in Begonia (75), and, thus, solid mutant plant may develop from chimeral or mosaic tissue. Pelargonium In vitro multiplication rates of Pelargonium are usually not high enough for mass propagation. Nevertheless, meristem culture is an important technique for freeing clones from bacterial and viral diseases resulting in healthy stock plants for in vivo propagation by cuttings
(76). Many of the cultivars are supposed to be peri-
clinal chimeras with inherent possibility of subsequent cell layer rearrangements. Cv. 'Madame Salieron' should be mentioned as a classical example for variation in Pelargonium zonale due to chimerism. This cultivar, known since 1877, is one of the best investigated periclinal trichimera, with green L^, white
(chloro-
phyll deficient) L^ and green L^, which is responsible for reduced length of internodes, a typical character of 'Madame Salieron' (77, 78). Twelve different rearrangements of the original apical cell layer constitutions ABC (L^ ,
, L^) have been described,
probably
those
many
more
exist.
From
combinations
contain-
ing the green ideotype C in the apex develop plants with short internodes. After removing C from histogenic layers plants develop with elongated internodes. This demonstrates impressively that a mutation in only one cell layer may influence distinct changes in the morphology of the whole plant. Other cultivars of Pelargonium have been recognized to be chimeras identified by the use of conventional techniques
(11, 79) or in vitro methods
Experiments of Skirvin and Janick
(80, 81).
(82) demonstrated a high varia-
389 bility in callus culture derived plants of scented Pelargonium varieties. The investigated cultivars are between about 20 and more than 200 years old
(e.g. 'Rober's Lemon Rose' introduced about
1950, 'Old Fashioned Rose' in 1774 (!) and 'Altar of Rose' in 1690 (!), and, therefore, represent in all probability periclinal chimeras. In callus cultures of such heterohistonts variation have to be expected due to segregation of the original apical constitution. Low calliclone variability was found, however, in some cultivars, e.g. in the 'Old Fashioned Rose'. One should keep in mind, when interpreting such results that the regeneration capacity of genetically different cells in callus culture may be restricted to only one ideotype simulating homogeneity if examination is based on the developed plantlets only.
Spontaneous and induced mutants The use of in vitro culture methods for the selection of variant types in ornamentals has been documented for many traits especially for flower colour, plant morphology, and some physiological characters. From available information
it appears that in vitro
methods may shorten breeding cycles and, therefore, can reduce the costs
of the development of a new variety.
Induced variability does not seem to be different from that known to occur spontaneously. Mutagen treatment, however, can increase mutant frequency drastically. Although some variants, e.g. changes in flower colour, may emerge from spontaneous mutations at relatively high rates, mutation frequency of many useful traits is very low. Mutagen treatments, therefore, are of outstanding importance for practical breeding purposes. The ontogenesis of a plant can be extended by vegetative propagation over a long period of time, e.g. several years, decades or even longer. As a consequence, in tissues of every clonally multiplied 'old' cultivar, many somatic mutations become cryptically accumulated resulting in the well known clonal variations
found in
in vivo propagation in the horticultural industry. From in vitro cultures of such old cultivars representing genetic mosaics (result of extra-apical mutations) or chimeras
(result of intra-
apical mutations), (Fig. 1), variant plant types can be expected
390 after short term tissue or callus culture followed by the regeneration of adventitious shoots. This pre-existing genetic variation in the donor tissue was often misinterpreted and classified as 'in vitro culture induced'. Many observations indicate that the frequency of variant types increases with duration of in vitro culture. This suggests that processes responsible for mutations are promoted or de novo induced under in vitro conditions, especially in cell and callus cultures. The potentially responsible mechanisms for the in vivo and in vitro origin of chromosome structural changes and gene mutations have been recently discussed by D'Amato
(83).
spontaneous mutations
spontaneous and in vitro culture induced mutations
mutations induced by mutagenic treatments
age (number of subcultures)
increasing mutagenic doses
In Vivo C u l t u r e
In Vitro Culture
In Vitro Mutagenesis
e x t r a - a p i c a l mutations (mosaicism)
somaclonal variation
homohistonts (solid mutants)
ontogenesis
intra - apical mutations (chimerism)
Fig. 1: Increase
heterohistonts (chimeras)
in the number of mutations during ontogenesis,
the in vitro culture and after in vitro mutagenesis Mutant-characters like flower colour or different morphological traits have to be selected at the whole plant level in the greenhouse or in the field. Selection at the cellular level is applicable only when the genetic changes are expressed in the cultured cells or tissues and are correlated with the behaviour of the whole plant. This may be the case only for some physiological traits like
391 low-temperature tolerance, salt tolerance or resistance to herbicides and toxins released by pathogens. As known from practical breeding work most of spontaneous or induced mutants are without
importance for horticultural purpo-
ses. Selection procedures,therefore, can be successfully applied only to those cultivars which are easy
to multiply in vitro, re-
sulting in sufficiently large populations for screening. For numerous ornamental species mass propagation methods have been developed - the most important prerequisite to combine in vitro culture techniques and mutant selection in practice. Selection for changes in flower colour or plant morphology According to literature (43) many ornamental species are very suitable for mutation breeding, since flower colour and other mutations can be produced without altering any other character of the original idiotype. In roses, for example, numerous in vivo mutation induction experiments have been described, but only three commercial mutants were published. The reason for this restriction may be that it sometimes takes a few years before mutants can be isolated and propagated by conventional methods. Recently Walther and Sauer (84) could demonstrate that in vitro mutagenesis can be applied very efficiently to roses since micro propagation methods are now available. A period of only 9 months was required from X-irradiation of in vitro plantlets producing axillary shoots to mutant selection in the greenhouse. The mutation spectrum comprised 73 % flower mutants (colour, size, number of petals), 13 % mutants with modified leaves and 14 % with a changed growth type. The mutant rate increased with increasing irradiation doses between 25 and 6 0 Gy. The selection of mutants from in vitro cultures has been reported by several authors in the last years. In Gerbera X-ray doses between 10 and 25 Gy applied in vitro to axillary shoots resulted in the appearance of mutants with changes in length of the stalks or with varied size of the capitulums and leaves. From this it was concluded that 'cultivar families' can be developed consisting of members differing only in the length of their stalks to be used as pot plants (85). High numbers of flower colour changes and variations in plant morphology were found in Kalanchoe after in vitro X-irradiation as well as in untreated
392 cultures
(86, 87). Leaf explants of clone M produced 10 % (control),
33 % (15 Gy) and 39 % (30 Gy) of plants with changed flower colour. In progenies from callus cultures 31 % (control) and 32 % (30 Gy) of plants with altered flower colour were observed. In populations from suspension cultures the percentage of flower colour variations increased from 34 % (control) up to 38 % (30 Gy) (86). This indicates surprisingly high spontaneous mutation rates. The number of plants with abnormal growth habit regenerated from untreated suspension cultures of Kalanchoe cv. 'Montezuma' was 30 % (87). A polyploid variant originated from calli clones of Pelargonium 'Rober's Lemon Rose' and was released because of its general attractiveness and vigour (88). After irradiation of Begonia rex mutated leaf sectors were isolated and used for regeneration of mutant plants
(89, 90). From irradiated detached leaves of Be-
gonia x hiemalis plants developed of which 30 % were mutated in colour, size and form of the leaves and flowers. Most of the mutants (98.5 %) proved to be homohistonts
(91). In Kohleria mutants
were found in EMS (Ethyl methane sulfonate) and NMU
(N-nitroso-N-
methy1-urethane) treated cultures. Some of them started flowering earlier, produced significantly more and larger flowers, or showed altered leaf characters
(92). As demonstrated by Broertjes et al.
(51) high mutant frequency can be induced by X-irradiation of in vitro cultured explants of Chrysanthemum. To increase the genetic variability for yield in cv. 'White Spider' pedicel segments were irradiated and cultivated in vitro. All treatments yielded variability in flower morphology. Clones were selected that had retained the morphology of 'White Spider', but outperformed the controls in flowering time and flower number (93). Mutated petal tissue from sectorial chimeras can be easily isolated and cultivated in vitro. Thus, from Chrysanthemum cv. 'Golden Princess Anne' pink flowering mutants could be obtained after plant regeneration (47). Out of 15.000 Saintpaulia plants from NMU-treated in vitro cultures 40 % showed leaf pigment alterations from green, to light green, yellow, redish or blueish. Only few flower colour mutants could be selected
(94). Comparing in vivo and in vitro mutagenesis
in carnation, treated with gamma rays, better results could not be obtained from in vitro methods, which proved in this species to be more complicated than in vivo manipulations
(95).
393 Selection for physiological mutants A general review on the progress of in vitro isolation of mutants was given by King (96). In ornamental plant breeding recent research on the in vitro selection of various stress tolerant plant types is focussed mainly on low-temperature tolerance, one of the most important trait of greenhouse grown plant species. As demonstrated by Jung-Heiliger and Horn (97) and Broertjes et al. (98) low-temperature tolerant variants could be obtained after gamma or X-irradiation
of in vivo cuttings of Chrysanthemum. Several of
these variants lost their low-temperature tolerance after clonal propagation during the following years , rrost probably because they were periclinal chimeras and reverted unnoticed to the original apical cell layer constitution tures Preil et al. (99)
(98). Using X-irradiated suspension culselected
cold-tolerant Chrysanthemum
after in vitro application of long term temperature stress. These plants proved to be mutants confirmed by subsequent clonal propagation and cultivation under greenhouse conditions for
more than
three years. All mutants flowered earlier in winter than the original cultivar under a 10° C temperature regime. In summer at high temperatures the photoperiodical reaction changed: only some flowered earlier, others at the same time compared to the control, or even later (100). Recently Broertjes and Lock (101) and Huitema et al. (102) reported on the selection of low-temperature tolerant Chrysanthemum after irradiation of pedicel segments or suspension cultures. According to these results in Chrysanthemum in vitro mutagenesis can probably be used successfully for induction of low-temperature tolerance in other ornamentals. Up to now is not possible to decide which in vitro technique will yield the highest efficiency for practical breeding purposes. The induction of adventitious shoot formation after mutagenic treatment of pedicel explants, callus or suspension cultures enables ]arge populations to be produced for screening under low-temperature pressure in vitro or in greenhouses. Application of low temperatures in vitro for screening may have the advantage that mitosis of non mutated cells will probably be more inhibited by the stress temperatures than that of the mutants. Thus, the number of plants will be reduced for confirmation of mutant character under greenhouse conditions. However, an unexpected high number of callus colonies from X-ray treated suspen-
394 sion cultures of Chrysanthemum had survived after the exposure of plated cells to 8° C stress temperature over 170 days (99). Among 3.300 regenerated plants only 24 proved to be low-temperature tolerant mutants when grown at 10° C in the greenhouse. From this it can be concluded that during temperature stress numerous epigenetic variants appeared which could not be distinguished from mutants under in vitro conditions. For definition of the term 'epigenetic variant' see Binns (103), Chaleff
(104), and Meins (105).
The adaptability of non mutated cells to unfavourable conditions is a serious problem in the application of any in vitro screening system for practical purposes. Therefore, in vitro conditions have to be developed which restrict the physiological adaptation of non mutated cells resulting in a clearer separation from cold-tolerant mutant cells. First attempts of selection for low-temperature tolerant mutants in Saintpaulia were published by several authors. Schlegel (106) and Amberger et al. (107) tested up to 30 cultivars to get more information
on in vitro regeneration ability at low temperatures.
They investigated, furthermore, the suitability of different methods for selection. Mutagenic treatments with EMS or NMU were carried out by Geier
(92) and Warburton et al. (108). However, no
low-temperature tolerant mutants have been described up till now. Plants could be regenerated from X-irradiated cell suspensions of poinsettia
after exposure of plated cells to 12° C stress tempe-
ratures over 170 days. Only three out of 997 regenerated plants proved to be slightly better adapted to low temperatures showing reduced leaf fall under cold stress compared with the original cultivar. The improvement was statistically significant but small, and, therefore, without practical value (99). The appearance of epigenetic variants indicates similar adaptation processes to low temperature in vitro as already observed in Chrysanthemum. From the above mentioned experiments we conclude that in Chrysanthemum morifolium, a species from temperate climate, the genetic variability for low-temperature tolerance seems to be much higher than in Saintpaulia or poinsettia, which represent genera from the tropics and subtropics. Mutations influencing
low-temperature
tolerance must be considered as rare events in both genera. In order to enhance the efficiency of in vitro mutagenesis,
395 methods have to be developed which induce a maximal mutability. Using a marker gene WH for anthocyanin synthesis in poinsettia, it has been doses
demonstrated in model experiments that increasing X-ray from
10 to 60 Gy caused an increase
of
mutation rates in
cell suspension cultures. The effect of the mutagenic treatment was further improved by application of fractionated X-ray doses resulting in higher survival rates of embryogenic cells as compared with acute dose irradiation. It was shown
that the mu-
tation of the anthocyanin locus can be used as a marker for over-all induceable mutability including low-temperature tolerance in poinsettia (109). No experimental data is presently available on the effects of different in vitro screening conditions on mutant selection
(e.g. duration of stress period or the most sui-
table stress temperature). In those cases in which a very low induceable mutation rate has to be expected a 'post propagation screening' was proposed
(110). This method gives the mutated cells
the chance to propagate under optimal temperature conditions before stress temperature
are
applied. Thus organogenesis of mu-
tant cell clusters probably will be encouraged. Tentative experiments on the selection of cold tolerant Fuchsia after in vitro treatment with chemical mutagens were recently described by Bouharmont and Dabin (111). Mutagenesis using callus and plantlets was employed to select for NaCl tolerant Chrysanthemum by Dasou and Short (112). Isolated salt tolerant clones were more succulent than control plants but exhibited comparable growth characteristics.
Conclusion For commercial in vitro propagation all variations from the original type are unacceptible
Suppression of callus formation, limi-
tation of the number of in vitro propagation cycles and axillary shoot initiation in chimeral cultivars generally result in uniform clonal progenies comparable with those from conventional propagation. Unstable cultivars have to be excluded from the mass propagation process. For breeding purposes spontaneous or induced variability, however, represent a valuable source for selection of improved types, and, therefore, the interest in this special field has tremendously increased in recent years.
396 References 1. Pierik, R.L.M.. 1985. Vermeerdering in kweekbuizen stijgt tot 30 miljonen. Vakblad. Bloem. _40 (26), 44-45. 2. Holdgate, D.P.. 1977. Propagation of ornamentals by tissue culture. In: Plant Cell and Organ Culture (J. Reinert and Y.P.S. Bajaj, eds.). Springer Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 18-43. 3. Beauchesne, G.. 1983. Appearance of plants not true to type during in vitro propagation. In: Variability in Plants Regenerated from Tissue Culture (D. Earle and Y. Demarly, eds.). Praeger Scientific, 268-272. 4. Larkin, P.J., W.R. Scowcroft. 1981. Somaclonal variation - a novel source of variability from cell cultures for plant improvement. Theor. Appl. Genet. £0, 197-214. 5. Doorenbos, J.. 1954. Notes on the history of bulb breeding in the Netherlands. Euphytica 3, 1-11. 6. Heursel, J.. 1977. Beschrijvende Lijst van Rhododendron simsii (Azalea indica) cultivars. Rijkscentrum voor Landbowkundig Onderzoek, Gent. 7. Preil, W.: unpublished 8. Wasscher, J.. 1956. The importance of sports in some florists flowers, Euphytica fj, 1 63-170. 9. Horn, W.. 1968. Genetische Ursachen der Variation bei Zierpflanzen. Gartenbauwiss. 3_3, 317-333. 10. Brabec, F.. 1965. Pfropfung und Chimären. Handb. Pflanzenphysiol. 15/2. Springer Heidelberg, New York, 388-498. 11. Tilney-Basset, R.A.E.. 1963. The structure of periclinal chimeras. Heredity ]_S, 265-285. 12. Bergann, F.. 1967. The relative instability of chimerical clones - the basis for further breeding. In: Induced Mutations and their Utilization (H. Stubbe, ed.). Abh. Dtsch. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Kl. Medizin 1967, 2, 288-300. 13. Bateson, M.A.. 1916. Root-cuttings, chimeras and 'sports'. Journ. of Gen. 6, 75-80. 14. Statistisches Bundesamt. 1984. Land- und Forstwirtschaft, Fischerei, Fachserie 3, Reihe 3.1.6. Bodennutzung - Anbau von Zierpflanzen 1984, 1-15. 15. Bergann, F.. 1955. Einige Konsequenzen der Chimärenforschung für die Pflanzenzüchtung. Z. f. Pflanzenz. 3_4» 113-124. 16. Anonymous. 1983. Conclusions and Recommendations of FAO/IAEA Research Co-ordination Meeting on 'In-Vitro Technology for Mutation Breeding', Vienna, 1-13.
397 17. D'Amato, F.. 1977. Cytogenetics of differentation in tissue and cell cultures. In: Plant Cell, Tissue and Organ Culture (J. Reinert and Y.P.S. Bajaj, eds.). Springer Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 343-357. 18. D'Amato, F.. 1978. Chromosome number variation in cultured cells and regenerated plants. In: Frontiers of Plant Tissue Culture (T.A. Thorpe, ed.), 287-295. 19. D'Amato, F.. 1984. Nuclear cytology of tissue culture. In: Plant Tissue and Cell Culture Application to Crop Improvement (F. Novak, L. Havel and J. Dolezel, eds.). Proc. of Int. Symp., Olomouc, 295-303. 20. Bayliss, M.W.. 1980. Chromosomal variation in plant tissues in culture. In: Perspectives in Plant Cell and Tissue Culture (I.K. Vasil, ed.). International Review of Cytology, Suppl. 11A, Academic Press, 113-144. 21. Constantin, M.J.. 1981. Chromosome instability in cell and tissue cultures and regenerated plants. Envir. Exp. Bot. 21, 359-368. 22. McClintock, B.. 1948. Mutable loci in maize. Carnegie Inst, of Wash. Yearbook 47, 153-169. 23. Fedoroff, N. . 1984. Transposable genetic elements in maize. Scientific American, June 1984, 65-74. 24. Stewart, R.N., H. Dermen. 1975. Flexibility in ontogeny as shown by the contribution of the shoot apical layers to leaves of periclinal chimeras. Amer. J. Bot-, 935-947. 25. Bergann, F., L. Bergann. 1982. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Angiospermenblattes. 1. Über Periklinalchimären bei Peperomia und ihre experimentelle Entmischung und Umlagerung. Biol. Zbl. 101, 485-502. 26. Bergann, F., L. Bergann. 1983. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Angiospermenblattes. 2. Über die Blattmusterbildung bei mesound diektochimärischen Formen von Peperomia-Arten, insbesondere über die Beteiligung des "Dermatogens" an der Mesophyllbildung. Biol. Zbl. 102, 403-429. 27. Bergann, F., L. Bergann. 1983. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Angiospermenblattes. 3. Über unmaskierte Binnenfelder in den Blattspreiten periklinalchimärischer Buntheiten von Eleagnus pungens, Coprosma baueri, Ilex aquifolium, Hoya carnosa und Nerium oleander. Biol. Zbl. 102, 657-673. 28. Pohlheim, F.. 1985. Nachweis einer nichtchimärischen Scheckung bei Peperomia obtusifolia A. DIETR. Wiss. Z. Päd. Hochsch. Potsdam, 29, 12-18. 29. Bergann, F., L. Bergann.. 1960. Über die sogenannte Kräuselkrankheit der Poinsettie und die Beteiligung des "Dermatogens" bei der Mesophyllbildung. Flora 149, 331-344.
398 30. Bergann, F.. 1961. Eine weitere Trichimäre bei Euphorbia pulcherrima WILLD. Biol. Zbl. 80, 403-412. 31. Bergann, F.. 1961. Über zwischenzellige Genwirkungen (Partnerinduktionen) bei der Pigmentbildung in den Brakteen der Periklinalchimäre Euphorbia pulcherrima WILLD. "Eckes Rosa". Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 73, 40-41. 32. Bergann, F.. 1962. Über den Nachweis zwischenzelliger Genwirkungen (Partnerinduktionen) bei der Pigmentbildung in den Brakteen der Periklinalchimäre Euphorbia pulcherrima WILLD. "Eckes Rosa". Biol. Zbl. 8J_, 469-503. 33. Stewart, R.N.. 1960. Inheritance of bract colour in poinsettia. J. Heredity 5J_, 175-177. 34. Stewart, R.N., T. Arisumi. 1966. Genetic and histogenic determination of pink bract colour in poinsettia. J. Heredity 57, 217-220. 35. Sauer, A.: unpublished 36. Preil, W., M. Engelhardt. 1982. In vitro Entmischung von Chimärenstrukturen durch Suspensionskulturen bei Euphorbia pulcherrima WILLD. Gartenbauwiss. 4J7 , 241 -244 . 37. Broertjes, C., A. Keen. 1980. Adventitious shoots: do they develop from one cell? Euphytica 2_9 , 73-87. 38. Preil, W., M. Engelhardt, A. Lorenz. 1983. Analyse der genetischen Konstitution des Sproßscheitels bei verschiedenen rosafarbigen Poinsettiensorten durch Suspensionskulturen. Bundesmin. Ernährung, Landwirtschaft und Forsten. Forsch. Jahresber. 1983, L 22. 39. Ben-Jaacov, J., R.W. Langhans. 1 972. Rapid multiplication of Chrysanthemum plants by stem-tip proliferation. HortScience 1_, 289-290. 40. Earle, E.D., R.W. Langhans. 1974. Propagation of chrysanthemum in vitro: II. Production, growth, and flowering of plantlets from tissue cultures. J. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sei. 9_9 , 352-358. 41. Roest, S., G.S. Bokelman, 1975. Vegetative propagation of Chrysanthemum morifolium Ramat. in vitro. Sciencia Hort. 3, 317-330. 42. Stewart, R.N., H. Dermen. 1970. Somatic analysis of the apical layers of chimeral sports in chrysanthemum by experimental production of adventitious shoots. Amer. J. Bot. 5J7, 1061-1071. 43. Broertjes, L., A.M. van Harten. 1978. Application of mutation breeding methods in the improvement of vegetatively propagated crops. Elsevier Sei. Publ. Comp., Amsterdam, Oxford, New York. 44. Weaver, G.M.. 1963. The effect of Caesium 137 gamma radiation on plant growth and flower colour of greenhouse chrysanthemum cultivars. Can. J. Gen. Cytol. 5, 73-82.
399 45. Dowrick, G.J., A. El-Bayoumi. 1966. The origin of new forms of the garden chrysanthemum. Euphytica J_5, 32-3 8. 46. Bush, S.R., E.D. Earle, R.W. Langhans. 1976. Plantlets from petal segments, petal epidermis and shoot tips of the periclinal chimera, Chrysanthemum morifolium 'Indianapolis'. Amer. J. Bot. 63, 729-737. 47. Shigematsu, K., S. Hashimoto. 1978. The isolation of mutants by petal tissue culture from chimera flowers in chrysanthemum. IV.Int. Cong. Plant Tissue and Cell Culture. Univ. Calgary. Book of Abstr., 135. 48. Langton, F.A.. 1980. Chimerical structure and carotenoid inheritance in Chrysanthemum morifolium (RAMAT.). Euphytica 2 9, 807-812. 49. Yoder Bros., Inc. 1967. Evolution of the Indianapolis family. Grow. Circ. Newsl. No. 51. Yoder Bros. Inc., Barberton, Ohio, 1-4. 50. Preil, W. , M. Engelhardt. 1982. Bestimmung der chimärischen Konstitution des Sproßscheitels der Chrysanthemensorte "Indianapolis-Pink" durch Suspensionskultur. Forsch. Bundesmin. Ernährung, Landwirtschaft und Forsten. Jahresber. 1982, L 11-12. 51. Broertjes, C., S. Roest, G.S. Bokelmann. 1976. Mutation breeding of Chrysanthemum morifolium RAM. using in vivo and in vitro adventitious bud techniques. Euphytica 2_5, 11-19. 52. Cassells, A.C., D. Kelleher. 1984. Chimeral instability, breakdown and resynthesis as sources of somaclonal variation in Chrysanthemum. In: Plant Tissue Culture and its Agricultural Applications (P.G. Alderson, L.A. Withers, eds.). Proc. of 41st Conf. Easter School Ser. in Agric. Sei, Univ. Nottingham, Book of Abstr., p. 87. 53. Sutter, E., R.W. Langhans. 1981. Abnormalities in Chrysanthemum regenerated from long term cultures. Ann. Bot. 4_8 , 559-568. 54. Miyazaki, S., Y. Tashiro. 1977. Tissue culture of Chrysanthemum morifolium RAMAT. II. Variation in chromosome number of plants regenerated from stem segments in vitro. Agric. Bull. Saga Univ. 42, 27-42. 55. Miyazaki, S., Y. Tashiro. 1978. Tissue culture of Chrysanthemum morifolium RAMAT. III. Variation in chromosome number and flower colour of plants regenerated from different parts of shoots in vitro. Agric. Bull. Saga Univ. 4_4, 13-31. 56. Grunewaldt, J.: personal communication 57. Broertjes, C., B. Haccius, S. Weidlich. 1968. Adventitious bud formation on isolated leaves and its significance for mutation breeding. Euphytica V7, 321-344. 58. Grunewaldt, J.. 1980. Spontane und induzierte Farbschecken von Saintpaulia ionantha H. WENDL. Gartenbauwiss. 45, 124-128
40( 59
Norris, R.E., R.H. Smith. 1981. Regeneration of variegated African violet (Saintpaulia ionantha WENDL.) leaf chimeras in culture. Plant Physiol. 67_, 117.
60
Smith, R.H.,R.E. Norris. 1983. In vitro propagation of African violet chimeras. Hort Science 436-437.
61
Pohlheim, F.. 1974. Nachweis von Mischzellen in variegaten Adventivsprossen von Saintpaulia, entstanden nach Behandlung isolierter Blätter mit N-Nitroso-N-Methylharnstoff. Biol. Zbl. 93, 141-148.
62
Pohlheim, F.. 1981. Genetischer Nachweis einer NMH-induzierten Piastommutation bei Saintpaulia ionantha H. WENDL. Biol. Rdsch. V9, 47-50.
63
Reuther, G.. 1979. Die Gewebekultur als phytosanitäre Maßnahme bei der vegetativen Vermehrung von Elatior-Begonien. Gärtnerbörse und Gartenwelt 7ji, 840-842 .
64
Reuther, G.. 1980. Elatiorbegonien. 1. Weitere Untersuchungen zur Gewinnung von befallsfreien Elitepflanzen durch Gewebekultur. Gärtnerbörse und Gartenwelt ^0, 876-881.
65
Hakkaart, F.A., J.M.A. Versluijs. 1983. Control of leaf curl and Xanthomonas begoniae in Begonia 'Elatior' by meristem culture and an isolation test. Acta Hort. 131, 299-301.
66
Takayama, S., M. Misawa.. 1982. Factors affecting differentiation and growth in vitro, and a mass-propagation scheme for Begonia x hiemalis. Scientia Hort. 65-75.
67
Lindemann, A.. 1968. Mutationen bei Elatiorbegonien Rasse Rieger. Gartenwelt 68, 266-267.
68
Hilding, A., T. Welander.. 1976. Effects of some factors on propagation of Begonia x hiemalis in vitro. Swedish J. Agric. Res. 6, 191-199.
69
Theiler, R.. 1981. Einsatz der Gewebekultur zur Anzucht pathogenfreier Pflanzen: Möglichkeiten und Probleme ihrer Anwendung. Erwerbsobstbau 2_3, 18-20.
70
Mikkelsen, E.P., K.C. Sink. 1978. In vitro propagation of Rieger Elatior Begonias. HortScience J_3, 242-244.
71
Roest, S., M.A.E. van Berkel, G.S. Bokelmann, C. Broertjes. 1981. The use of an in vitro adventitious bud technique for mutation breeding of Begonia x hiemalis. Euphytica J30, 381-388.
72
Bigot, C.. 1981. Multiclication végétative in vitro de Begonia x hiemalis ('Rieger1 et 'Schwabenland'). 2. Conformité de plantes élevées en serre. Agronomie 441-447.
73
Bigot, C.. 1982. In vitro propagation of Begonia x hiemalis Fotsch: Plant conformity. In: Plant Tissue culture 1982 (A. Fujiwara, ed.). Proc. 5th Int. Cong. Plant Tissue and Cell Culture, 695-696.
401
74. Westerhof, J., F.A. Hakkaart, J.M.A. Versluijs. 1984. Variation in two Begonia x hiemalis clones after in vitro propagation. Scientia Hort. 2_4 , 67-74. 75. Reuther, G., N.N. Bhandari. 1981. Organogenesis and histogenesis of adventitious organs induced on leaf blade segments of Begonia elatior hybrids (Begonia x hiemalis) in tissue culture. Gartenbauwiss. j46 , 241-249. 76. Reuther, G.. 1983. Propagation of disease-free Pelargonium cultivars by tissue culture. Acta Hort. 131, 311-319. 77. Bergann, F., L. Bergann. 1959. Über experimentell ausgelöste vegetative Spaltungen und Umlagerungen an chimärischen Klonen, zugleich als Beispiele erfolgreicher Staudenauslese. I. Pelargonium zonale Ait. "Madame Salleron". Der Züchter 2_9, 361-374. 78. Bergann, F., L. Bergann. 1962. über Umschichtungen (Translokationen) an den Sproßscheiteln periklinaler Chimären. Der Züchter 32, 110-119. 79. Pohlheim, F.. 1983. Vergleichende Untersuchunaen zur Änderung der Richtuna von Zellteilungen in Blattepidermen. Biol. Zbl. 102, 323-336. 80. Cassells, A.C., G. Minas. 1983. Beneficially-infected and chimeral Pelargonium: implication for micropropagation by meristem and explant culture. Acta Hort. 131, 287-297. 81. Cassells, A.C.. 1985. Genetic, epigenetic and non-genetic variation in tissue culture derived plants. In: In Vitro Techniques, Propagation and Long Term Storage (A. Schäfer-Menuhr, ed.). Martinus Nijhoff/Dr. W. Junk Publ., 111-120. 82. Skirvin, R.M., J. Janick. 1976. Tissue culture induced variation in scented Pelargonium spp.. J. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sei., 101, 281-290. 83. D'Amato, F.. 1985. Spontaneous mutations and somaclonal variation. Proc. Int. Symp. on Nuclear Techn. and in Vitro Culture for Plant Improvement, Wien, IAEA-SM-282.(in press). 84. Walther, F., A. Sauer. 1985. In vitro mutagenesis in roses. Proc. 1st Int. Symp. on Research and Cultivation of Roses. Rehovot, Israel.(in press). 85. Walther, F., A. Sauer. In vitro mutagenesis in Gerbera jamesonii.(in this volume). 86. Horn, W.. 1984. Treating in-vitro cultures of floriculture crops with mutagens. Mutation Breed. Newsletters, 2_4, 13-15. 87. Schneider-Moldrickx, R., W. Horn. 1985. Vermehrung von Kalanchoe-Blossfeldiana-Hybriden in vitro. II. Kallus- und Suspensionskulturen. Gartenbauwissenschaft 5_0, 9-13. 88. Skirvin, R.M., J. Janick. 1976. 'Velvet Rose' Pelargonium, a scented Geranium. HortScience 11, 61-62.
402
89. Shigematsu, K., H. Matsubara. 1972. The isolation and propagation of the mutant plant from sectorial chimera induced by irradiation in Begonia rex. J. Japan. Soc. Hort. Sei. 41, 196-200. 90. Matsubara, H., K. Shigematsu, H. Suda. 1974. The isolation and fixation of a wholly mutant plant from a sectorial chimera induced by gamma irradiation in Begonia rex.. J. Japan. Soc. Hort. Sei. 4J3, 63-68 . 91. Roest, S., M.A.E. van Berkel, G.S. Bokelmann, C. Broertjes. 1981. The use of an in vitro adventitious bud technique for mutation breeding of Begonia x hiemalis. Euphytica 3_0, 381388. 92. Geier, T..1983. Induction and selection of mutants in tissue cultures of Gesneriaceae. Acta Hort. 131, 329-337. 93. De Jong, J., J.B.M. Custers. 1985. Induced changes in growth and flowering of Chrysanthemum after irradiation and in vitro culture of pedicels and petal epidermis. Euphytica (in press). 94. Grunewaldt, J.. 1983. In vitro mutagenesis of Saintpaulia and Pelargonium cultivars. Acta Hort. 131, 339-343. 95. Silvy, A., Y. Mitteau. 1985. Diversification des Varietes d'oeillet (Dianthus caryophyllus) par traitement mutagene. Proc. Int. Symp. on Nuclear Techn. and in Vitro Culture for Plant Improvement, Wien, IAEA-SM-282.(in press). 96. King, P.J.. 1984. Selection for plant variation using cultured cells. In: Efficiency in Plant Breeding (W. Lange, A.C. Zeven and N.G. Hogenboom, eds.).Proc. of 10th Congr. of Eucarpia.Pudoc Wageningen, 199-214. 97. Jung-Heiliger, H., W. Horn. 1980. Variation nach mutagener Behandlung von Stecklingen und in vitro-Kulturen bei Chrysanthemum. Z. Pflanzenzüchtg. 85, 185-199. 98. Broertjes, C., P. Koene, Th. Pronk. 1983. Radiation-induced low-temperature tolerant cultivars of Chrysanthemum morifolium RAM.. Euphytica 32/ 97-101. 99. Preil, W., F. Walther, M. Engelhardt. 1983. Breeding of lowtemperature tolerant poinsettia (Euphorbia pulcherrima) and Chrysanthemum by means of mutation induction in in vitro culture. Acta Hort. 131, 345-351. 100. Preil, W., M. Engelhardt. Flowering of in vitro selected lowtemperature tolerant mutants of Chrysanthemum cultivated under summer and winter conditions.(in preparation). 101. Broertjes, C., C.A.M. Lock. 1985. Radiation-induced low-temperature tolerant solid mutants of Chrysanthemum morifolium RAM.. Euphytica ¿4, 97-103.
403 102. Huitema, J.B.M., G. Gussenhoven, J.J.M. Dons, C. Broertjes. 1985. Induction and selection of low-temperature tolerant mutants of Chrysanthemum morifolium RAMAT. Proc. Int. Symp. on Nuclear Techn. and in Vitro Culture for Plant Improvement, Wien, IAEA—SM-282. (in press). 103. Binns, N.A.. 1981. Developmental variation in plant tissue culture. Env. Exp. Bot. 2A_, 325-332. 104. Chaleff, R.S.. 1981. Genetics of Higher Plants. Applications of Cell Culture. Cambridge Univ. Press. 105. Meins, F.. 1983. Heritable variation in plant cell culture. Ann. Rev. Plant Physiol. 34, 327-346. 106. Schlegel, G.. 1982. Influence of low temperature on regeneration of Saintpaulia ionantha H. WENDL.. Book of Abstr. 21st Int. Hortic. Congr. Hamburg 1982, Vol II, p. 1712. 107. Amberger, S., G. Schlegel, W. Horn. 1984. Selection for chilling tolerance in Saintpaulia ionantha. Proc. 12th Meetg. Eucarpia Sect. Ornamentals, Arslev, DK. 108. Warburton, J., B.W.W. Grout, K.C. Short. 1984. In vitro selection for cold-tolerant cell lines of Saintpaulia ionantha (WENDL). In. Plant Tissue and Cell Culture Application to Crop Improvement (F. Novak, L. Havel and J. Dolezel, eds.). Proc. of Int. Symp., Olomouc, 355-356. 109. Kieffel, B., F. Walther, W. Preil. 1985. X-ray induced mutability in embryogenic suspension cultures of Euphorbia pulcherrima. Proc. Int. Symp. on Nuclear Techn. and in Vitro Culture for Plant Improvement, Wien, IAEA-SM-282. (in press). 110. Walther, F., W. Preil. 1981. Mutants tolerant to low-temperature conditions induced in suspension cultures as a source for improvement of Euphorbia pulcherrima Willd. ex Klotzsch. In: Induced Mutations - A Tool in Plant Breeding, Wien, 399-405. 111. Bouharmont, J., P. Dabin. 1985. Application des cultures in vitro a l'amélioration du Fuchsia par mutation. Proc. Int. Symp. on Nuclear Techn. and in Vitro Culture for Plant Improvement, Wien, IAEA-SM-282. (in press). 112. Dalsou, V., K.C. Short. 1986. Selection for sodium chloride tolerance in chrysanthemums. Acta Hort. (in press).
405
PROTOPLAST CULTURE AND USE OF REGENERATION ATTRIBUTES TO SELECT SOMATIC HYBRID TOMATO PLANTS
K.C. Sink, L.W. Handley, R.P. Niedz and P.P. Moore Department of Horticulture, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824
Introduction The cultivated tomato is an ideal plant species for somatic cell genetics.
It is an important vegetable crop throughout the world,
has a diploid genome, and an extensive genetic map.
Cell manip-
ulations based on protoplast systems, however, have been hindered by the lack of efficient protoplast culture and shoot regeneration methods for this species.
Herein, we report new protocols de-
vised for Lycopersicon esculentum cultivars taxonomic species, Solanum lycopersicoides of their somatic hybrid plants
(1), a related (2) and the selection
(3) based on differential regen-
eration attributes of the parental and hybrid protoplasts and resulting calli.
Results Lycopersicon esculentum Protoplasts were isolated from the basal, fully expanded leaves of 3- to 4-week old seedlings of eight tomato cultivars grown in a controlled environment chamber
(CEC).
(Table 1)
The CEC
conditions were 200 pEm _ 2 s -l from cool white fluorescent bulbs on a 16 h photoperiod and a 27°C/22°C day-night temperature regime.
Slicing the leaves transversley, using preplasmolysis
and the appropriate enzyme combination resulted in consistent yields of 1 x 10 6 protoplasts per gram of leaf tissue.
Older
seedlings, 5-6 weeks, had a 70-90% decrease in protoplast yield. The eight cultivars varied in plating efficiency
(PE) as deter-
mined by the number of viable protoplasts 24 h after plating that
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
406 formed colonies after two weeks in liquid modified 8E (M8E) medium (1).
In this study, the PE ranged from 27-87% with
Lukullus being the lowest (28%) and LA 1268 (87%) the highest. As indicated in Table 1, PE, degree of browning and ability to regenerate shoots are responses observed in vitro that are apparently independent.
For example, P.I. 126914 had a high PE
(80%), and minimal browning, yet failed to regenerate shoots. Table 1.
Morphogenetic Responses of 8 Genotypes of L. esculentum.
Line
Plating efficiency 3
Browning13
LA 1268 Lukullus Red Cherry P.I. 126914 Ventura Walter Sub-Arctic Maxi LA 1622
87 ± 28 ± 65 ± 83 ± 58 ± 35 i 75 ± 0.1
+ ++ + + ++ ++ ++ +++
a
4 5 6 4 4 5 14
Calluses (No.)
75 81 57 0 45 34 40 0
Calluses regenerated (no.)
Shoot regenerntion m
2 4 13 0 4 1 5 0
2., 7 4 .. 9 22.. 8 0 8., 0 2.9 12.. 5 0
Data reported as mean ± S..E.
^Browning:
+, minimal ; ++,, moderate; +++, severe.
This new protocol alleviated the previous constraints exhibited by tomato protoplasts in culture.
These constraints included
low PE, browning and deterioration of protoplast-derived calli, and lack of consistent shoot regeneration.
In essence, the use
of protoplasts with high viability and changes in the protocol that led to maintaining vigorous cell division to the macrocallus stage were beneficial.
In specific, following a 4-5 d period in
the dark, the cells will form 35-50 cell colonies at 21 d.
To
promote sustained growth, the liquid cultures are divided in half; thereby, decreasing the medium volume to about 2 ml per 60 x 15 mm petri dish.
During this initial culture stage, the
frequent addition of fresh medium and the removal of used medium also stimulates growth.
Finally, the transfer of 8-10 week-old
macrocalli onto filter paper overlaid on agar resulted in calli ready to transfer to regeneration medium in 10-12 weeks.
As
indicated in Table 1, the differences in degree of browning suggest genetic factors also play a role in this trait.
However,
the protocol used permitted the production of ample macrocalli of the moderate browning category genotypes to test shoot regeneration.
407 Shoot regeneration was likewise promoted by in vitro cultural procedures designed to maintain active cell division and the subsequent early dissection of young shoot primordia.
The shoot
regeneration medium was Murashige and Skoog (4) salts and vitamins + zeatin (2 mg/1) + sucrose (30 g/1).
When calli growing on the
filter-paper on agar attained a 0.5 - 1.0 cm size, they were placed on MS2Z medium for shoot regeneration.
Shoot primorida
became visible for some genotypes within 6-10 weeks on MS2Z. Among the six genotypes that exhibited shoot morphogenesis, the range was from 1 to 22% of the calli among the lines studies. Shoot regeneration and elongation was promoted by excising shoot primorida from the parental callus and culturing them individually on MS2Z medium.
Primorida left intact would remain static without
exhibiting elongation.
Gibberellic acid at 1 mg/1 stimulated
shoot elongation, but was not required for excised primorida. Excised shoots (0.5 - 1.0 cm) rooted in MS medium containing 10 g/1 sucrose.
Solanum lycopersicoides The protocol established for this species was aided by previous cell and tissue culture studies conducted in our laboratory
(5).
Since seeds of the accession LA 1990, obtained from C.M. Rick, University of California, Davis, were not in abundant supply, a callus cell source had to be devised to provide consistent yields of protoplasts for the experiments.
This was done by initiating
cell suspension cultures (CSC) with callus taken from stem internode cross-sections placed on MS + 15 mg/1 NAA (5). Protoplast
yields of 9-12 x 10^ per 10 mis of packed cell volume
were routinely obtained from CSC 2-5 d after subculture.
Standard
procedures were used for enzymatic isolation and washing of these protoplasts prior to plating in the two media used (2).
After
initial culture in the dark for 3 d at 28°C, both media yielded abundant cell colonies in 6-8 weeks.
No benefit was observed by
deleting NH .NO, from the culture medium (medium B, Table 2).
408 This is in contrast to other Solanaceous species where deletion of NH^ has been found beneficial (6, 7).
Likewise, no benefit
was found by using the liquid on agarose culture method employing agarose type VII (Sigma) at 0.7%.
In both media A and B, the use
of agarose reduced PE almost 40% (Table 2) and in some cases produced only a few large colonies. Table 2.
Plating Efficiency and Percent Shoot Regeneration of
Suspension Culture-Derived Protoplasts of Solanum lycopersicoides in Media A and B. P.E. (%) (± S.D.)
No. calli placed on MS3ZG
Shoot regeneration 2nd month (No. calli)
Percent shoot regeneration
A w/o agarose
33 + 3
470
338
72
A with agarose
20 ± 4
270
184
68
B w/o agarose
28 + 3
165
112
68
B with agarose
16 ± 5
135
67
50
Medium
When the microcalli were 0.5 - 1.0 mm in size (3-5 weeks old), they were transferred to the surface on filter paper overlaid on solidified MS medium + 3 mg/1 zeatin + 0.1 mg/1 gibberellic acid (MS3ZG) for shoot regeneration.
After 6 weeks on the filter
paper-agar setup, the calli were transferred to MS3ZG medium without filter paper. approximately a month.
On this medium shoot initials emerged in Such regenerating calli were subcultured
to new MS3ZG medium to promote shoot elongation. consistently yielded 1 to 5 shoots.
Most calli
Calli originating from
medium A had high shoot regeneration frequency
(70%) irrespective
of whether they were from liquid or liquid on agarose culture (Table 2).
However, calli from medium E showed a marked differ-
ence in shoot regeneration relative to culture method.
Those
calli taken from the liquid on agarose dishes had about 25% lower shoot regeneration than those grown in liquid medium.
409 The total length of time from protoplast isolation until harvest of regenerating shoots was from 14-18 weeks.
The shoots were
rooted in 1 to 2 months by insertion of the basal end into solidified MS + 0.1 mg/1 GA medium.
Plants were subsequently
acclimated in soilless planting medium to low humidity conditions and then transferred to a greenhouse. Somatic hybrid plants between tomato and Solanum lycopersicoides During the protoplast culture and regeneration studies involved with tomato and Solanum lycopersicoides it was apparent that a potential selection system was available that may permit recovery of hybrid calli (Figure 1).
This scheme was based on the fact
that protoplasts of the 20-22nd subcultures of S. lycopersicoides would not divide in M8E medium.
Tomato protoplasts divided in
M8E and would only exhibit low frequency shoot regeneration. This model was further enhanced as will be discussed later. Initial fusions, however, were hindered by the tendency for lycopersicoides protoplasts to float in the medium used to initiate fusion.
This problem was alleviated by following the
isolation protocols previously outlined, but resuspending the protoplasts in W5 salt solution (8). Figure 1.
Selection System for Hybrid Cells in Medium M8E.
Lycopersicon esculentum
Solanum lycopersicoides
(mesophyll)
(suspension)
I
protoplasts
colonies callus
I
Fusion
protoplasts
PEG - DMSO
no growth
I
colonies hybrid callus somatic hybrid plants
410 Thus, a mixture of 2 x 10® leaf protoplasts of the tomato cultivar Sub Arctic Maxi and 9 x 10® suspension culture derived protoplasts of S. lycopersicoides in 12 mis of W5 was prepared.
A modifica-
tion of the procedure of Menczel and Wolf (8) using 12% PEG (8,000 mol. wt.) and 10% DMSO was employed.
One ml of this
fusogen was placed in a 16 x 100 mm glass test tube, overlaid with 0.5 ml of the protoplast mix, and allowed to stand for 3 min.
The mixture was gently agitated and allowed to stand for
an additional 5 min.
This suspension was then diluted by gently
adding 8.5 mis of W5 solution containing 50 mM MES buffer at pH 5.6.
Protoplasts were incubated in this solution for 30 min.,
centrifuged
(60 x g; 5 min.), and the supernatant discarded.
The protoplast pellet in each tube was resuspended in 4 mis of M8E and 2 mis were placed in each 60 x 15 mm petri dish. Control dishes of tomato and S. lycopersicoides protoplasts did not survive the PEG/DMSO fusion.
No viable protoplasts were
observed after a week in culture and no colonies subsequently appeared.
Thus, in addition to the model selection system as
depicted in Figure 1, division of tomato protoplasts was inhibited by the PEG/DMSO fusion procedure.
In contrast, p-calli appeared
in fusion dishes following a feeding regime with M8E without 2,4-D and gradually decreasing the level of mannitol
(2).
The
culture sequence was essentially the same as used for S. lycopersicoides .
It was obvious that some macrocalli arising on the
filter paper overlaid on MS3ZG medium had a different phenotype than calli from the parents as observed in previous studies. Tomato calli from M8E were characteristically light to dark brown in color with a watery appearance; whereas, those of £>. lycopersicoides were yellow to light green.
Such parental calli did
appear on the filter paper on agar stage, but the majority were very dense and hard; had a lime-green to whitish color. calli grew much more rapidly than either parent.
These
Such hybrid
vigor of fusion products has previously been used as a selection system in Datura (9) and Solanum (10).
These calli were individ-
ually selected and placed on MS3ZG medium without filter paper.
411
Shoot regeneration of these calli began after only one month on MS3ZG.
One hundred separate calli out of 480 which regenerated
shoots were randomly selected and retained.
Eight of the first
calli to regenerate shoots have been examined by biochemical and cytological methods to verify their hybrid origin (Table 3).
One
of these, number 67, did not root; thus, has not been completely examined.
Differences between tomato and S. lycopersicoides were
found for 5 enzyme systems.
These five enzymes represent seven
loci which are mapped to five chromosomes in tomato.
They in-
clude Skdh-1 on chromosome 1, Pgm-2 on chromosome 4, Got-2 and Got-3 on chromosome 7, Got-4 on chromosome 8, and Pgi-1 and Pgdh-2 on chromosome 12 (3).
For example, Skdh-1 is a monomer
expressed in roots and mapped to chromosome 1 (11) and both parental bands were detected in 7 somatic hybrids (Figure 2). Table 3.
Cytology and Seed Set of L. esculentum + S. lycopersicoides Somatic Hybrids Chromosome no.
% Pollen fertility
Self fruit set
S. lycopersicoides
24
91
+
L. esculentum Sub Arctic Maxi
24
96
+
L. esculentum x S. lycopersicoides
24
2
23
68
30
36
64
8
-
47
60
39
-
57
53, 54
49
5
67
NR
-
-
69
48 , 53, 54, 55
43
1
165
48
36
1
204
48
2
Line
NR - No rooting
-
2
-
412
Figure 2. Skdh-1 isozyme patterns (left to right): S. lycopersicoides, sexual hybrid, tomato, typical somatic hybrid.
No differences in the large subunit of fraction 1 protein were observed.
However, for the small subunit (SS), two double bands
occurred for S. lycopersicoides and three for tomato.
The seven
somatic hybrids analyzed had the SS bands of both parents. The number of chromosomes for the seven somatic hybrids regenerated to plants varied from the expected 2n=4x=48 to 2n=68 (Table 3).
Two plants, 57 and 69, had mixoploid roots.
In
general, the somatic hybrids have a vegetative and floristic phenotype primarily like S. lycopersicoides, which was previously observed for the unilateral sexual hybrid
(12).
References 1.
Niedz, R.P., S.M. Rutter, L.W. Handley and K.C. Sink. 1985. Plant regeneration from leaf protoplasts of six tomato cultivars. Pit. Sci. 39, 199-204.
2.
Handley, L.W. and K.C. Sink. 1985. Plant regeneration of protoplasts isolated from suspension cultures of Solanum lycopersicoides. Pit. Sci. (In Press).
413 3.
Handley, L.W., R.L. Nickels, M.W. Cameron, P.P. Moore and K.C. Sink. 1985. Somatic hybrid plants between Lycopersicon esculentum and Solanum lycopersicoides. Theo. Appl. Genet. (In Press).
4.
Murashige T. and F. Skoog. 1962. A revised medium for rapid growth and bioassays with tobacco tissue cultures. Physiol. Plant. 15, 473-497.
5.
Handley, L.W. and K.C. Sink. 1985. Plant regeneration of Solanum lycopersicoides Dun. from stem explants, callus and suspension cultures. Plant Cell, Tissue and Organ Cult. (In Press).
6.
Bokelmann, G.S. and S. Roest. 1983. Plant regeneration from protoplasts of potato (Solanum tuberosum cv. Bintje). Z. Pflanzenphysiol. 109, 259-265.
7.
Boyes, C.J. and K.C. Sink. 1981. Regeneration of plants from callus-derived protoplasts of Salpiglossis. J. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sei. 106, 42-46.
8.
Menczel, L. and K. Wolfe. 1984. High frequency of fusion induced in freely suspended protoplast mixtures of polyethylene glycol and dimethylsulfoxide at high pH. Pit. Cell Rpts. 3, 196-198.
9.
Schieder, 0. 1980. Somatic hybrids between a herbaceous and two tree Datura species. Z. Pflanzenphysiol. 9j3, 119127.
10.
Austin, S., M.A. Baer and J.P. Helgeson. 1985. Transfer of resistance to potato leaf roll virus from Solanum brevidens into Solanum tuberosum by somatic fusion. Pit. Sei. 39, 75-82.
11.
Tanksley, S.D. and C.M. Rick. 1980. Isozymic gene linkage map of the tomato: Application in genetics and breeding. Theo. Appl. Genet. 57, 161-170.
12.
Rick, C.M. 1951. Hybrids between Lycopersicon esculentum Mill, and Solanum lycopersicoides Dun. P.N.A.S. 37_, 741744.
415
SEXUAL REPRODUCTION IN PLANTS BY APPLYING THE METHOD OP TEST TUBE FERTILIZATION OP OVULES
M.. Zenkteler Faculty of Biology, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poznari, Poland f
A.. Slusarkiewicz—Jarzina Institute of Plant Genetic®, Polish Academy of Sciences, ul. Strzeszyriska 30/36, Poznari, Poland
Introduction The method of in vitro pollination of ovules makes it possible: 1/ to study in detail the processes of fertilization and embryogenesis in controlled conditions; 2/ to obtain viable seeds capable of germinating in situ; 3/ to raise interspecific and intergeneric hybrid embryos and plants in those cases when normal in vivo hybridization fails; 4/ to induce parthenogenesis and the development of haploid embryos and plants; 5/ to interfere in the development of the female gametophyte following pollination of immature ovules. In vitro self-pollination of placentas with ovules has been performed successfully with about 35 species and usually with those whose ovaries contained a large number of ovules / 1.2.3/. The process of sexual in vitro hybridization has been successfully applied to obtaining hybrid embryos and plants among several species of Caryophyllaceae and Solanaceae. In the case of monocotyledons it was possible to obtain well developed embryos after direct pollination of ovules of Zea mays with Z. mexicana / 7/. The present report contains the preliminary results of experiments carried out on self- and cross-pollination of ovules of certain species of Solanaceae, Scrophulariaceae.Primulaceae. Tritlcum aestivum and self-pollination of immature ovules of Melandrium album.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
416
Material and Methods The following species growing in the Botanical Garden in Poznari and in the greenhouse of the Institute of Plant Genetics, Polish Academy of Sciences in Poznari, were used f o r the experiments: Scopolia carniolica. Physochlaina praealta. Nicotiana tabacum cv. Samsun, N. alata. N. l o n g i f l o r a , N. debneyl. N. knightiana. N. g y l v e s t r i s . N. sanderae. Hyoscyamus albus. Petunia hybrida, P. parodli. Lyciurn halimlfolium, Primula pubescens. P. auricula. D i g i t a l i s lutea. D. purpurea. Torenia f o u r n i e r l . Melandrlum album and Triticum aestlvum cv. Dlamand. Flower buds of those species which ovules were to be obtained f o r culture work were emasculated and bagged 2-4 days before pol l i n a t i o n . P i s t i l s were b r i e f l y s u r f a c e - s t e r i l i z e d with 70 % ethanol, then with 0.1 % of mercuric chloride or chlorine water f o r several minutes. Following s u r f a c e - s t e r i l i z a t i o n the p i s t i l s were rinsed 3-5 times in s t e r i l e water. Isolated placentas with ovules were cultivated on media prescribed by Nitsch / NJ £ / r Murashige and Skoog / MSJ / and Rangaswamy / 6 /. The same day, anthers were excised from the s t i l l - c l o s e d flower buds and kept during several hours in the s t e r i l e chamber, l a t e r the pollen grains were scooped out and spread on the surface of the cultured ovules. A l l the experimental material was cultured in the dark at a temperature of 22 - 26°C. Isolated placentas, with ovules of Melandrium album at various stages of megasporogenesis and megagametogenesis were immediately pollinated following inoculation. During the next 4 days of culture ovules were f i x e d and l a t e r on sectioned on the microtome. Ovules containing hybrid embryos at d i f f e r e n t stages of development were cultured in the above mentioned media with various concentrations of kinetin, zeatin, 6-benzylaminopurine / BAP /, 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid / 2,4-D /, indoleacetic acid / IAA /, naphtaleneacetic acid/ NAA /.
Results Table 1 shows the process of sexual reproduction in v i t r o in self-pollinated species. In a l l the species of Nicotiana and
417
Petunia as well as in Sconolla carniolica pollen grains germinated several hours after inoculation. Fertilized ovules started to increase on the 3-rd day. Table 1 Self-Pollination Of Placentas With Attached Ovules Species Nicotiana alata Nicotiana tabacum cv, Samsun Nicotiana longiflora Nicotiana debneyi Nicotiana knightiana Petunia parodii Petunia hybrida Scopolia carniolica Primula pubescens Primula auricula Digitalis purpurea Digitalis- lutea Torenia fournieri
Embryos
Plants
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
Dissect ion of enlarged ovules / Fig. 1 / at various stages of their growth revealed the presence of embryos and endosperm» Depending on the species used in our experiments fully developed embryos were observed after 3-6 weeks after pollination. After isolation of the cotyledonary embryos they started to grow and developed into plants. The ovules^ of both species of Primula were usually pollinated 24-48 hours after inoculation. Fertilized ovules increased and after 5 weeks of culture mature embryos were present. In dissectioned enlarged ovules it was found that some of them contained only remnants of degenerating embryos which probably collapsed shortly after fertilization. Plants were developed from isolated embryos of Primula pubescens. The pollination of ovules of both Digitalis species and of Torenia fournieri took place the same day as inoculation. In Digitalis most of the ovules attached to the placentas increased in size during the next
418
Fig. 1. Developing ovules of Scopolia carniolica 21 days after self-pollination /20X/J Pig. 2. Embryo with cotyledons of Torenla fournieri 4 weeks after self-pollinationj Pig. 3.. Germinating pollen grains / arrow / of Primula pubescens oil the ovules of P. auricula /5X/. several days, however, only in some ovules embryos and endosperm were developing. Seedlings were obtained from cotyledonary embryos of Digitalis purpurea isolated from ovules after 5 weeks of culture.. Ifeture embryos were also obtained by self-pollination of ovules of Torenia fournieri / Pig. 2 /. A few days after pollination certain ovules enlarged and among those some contained only endosperm, many ovules were empty and only sporadically embryos at various stages of embryogenesis were found. Cotyledonary embryos isolated from ovules 6 weeks after pollination germinated on media and produced fully formed plants. The technique used in cross-pollination of ovules was similar to that applied in self-pollination. Hybrid globular embryos were obtained in the following crosses: Nicotiana longiflora x N. deb— neyi, N. longiflora x N. knightiana, N. sanderae x N. debneyi, N. sylvestris x N. knightiana, Primula pubescens x P. auricula / Figs. 3,4 /- Proembryos developed usually till the 15-th day after pollination in vitro and later on they collapsed. The development of proembryos concomitantly with the endosperm,-of endosperm only, or of proembryos only occurred in various combinations. The efforts to culture ovules with hybrid proembryos on various media were unsuccessful.
419
Pig. 4. Globular hybrid embryo of P. pubescens x P. auricula 15 days after cross-pollination. Pig. 5 . Hybrid plant of Nlcotlana tabacum x N. knightlana in test tube /0,5X/. Pig. 6. Developing ovules situated on the placenta of N. tabacum after pollinating in vitro with pollen of Petunia parodli. 4 days after cross-pollination /5X/.. Pig. 7. Hybrid embryo of N. tabacum x P. parodli 14 days after cross-pollination.. Hybrid embryos and plants were obtained only from cross N. tabacum x N. knight lana.. After 3 days of culture in some of the enlarged ovules developed proembryos and endosperm. Enlarged ovules, 8 days after pollination, were transferred to MS medium supplemented with 2 mg/1 of 2,4-D. Three weeks later certain ovules burst and a mass of white calluses appeared. Small fragmenta of calluses were again transferred on MS medium supplemented with 4 mg/1 of kinetin and 3 mg/1 of NAA. During the next several weeks of culture calluses produced shoots which, after transferring on MS medium containing 2 mg/1 of NAA, developed into fully formed plants / Pig. 5 /. Prom among 14 plants growing in pots, in 8 plants the chromosome numbers were 2n=36, remaining 6 plants were aneuploids. Promising results were obtained in the cross Nicotiana tabacum cv.. Samsun x Petunia parodli. where after 2-3 weeks of culture hybrid embryos reached the stage of torpedo / Pigs. 6,7 /. Those embryos or whole ovules were excised and transferred on MS medium with 2 mg/l of kinetin and 1 mg/1 of IAA„ During 3 weeks of culture the embryos produced calluses. Unfortunately, this medium did
420 not support the organ formation. In the crosses Scopolia carnioIlea x Physochlaina praealta and N. tabacum x Hyoscyamus albus. in certain ovules the endosperm was very poor but the hybrid embryos reached the preheart stage. Some of the ovules, or whole globular embryos, were transferred and cultured on MS medium with various concentration of kinetin and NAA. In the case of Scopolia x Physochlaina. these media did not support a good growth of embryos and after a few days of culture the embryos collapsed. About 30 % of the hybrid embryos of N. tabacum x H. albus produced calluses on MS medium with 2 mg/l of kinetin and 1 mg/1 of IAA. Unfortunately, calluses did not differentiate and no organ were obtained. A much more complicated technique was the isolation and culture of single ovules of Trlticum aestivum. During opening the ovaries and isolating the ovules a lot of them became injured and degenerated already before transplanting on medium. The intact ovules were carefully transferred on medium and immediately pollinated. Pollen germinated sporadically and short tubes burst soon. However, pollen grains of Melandrium album when put directly on ovules started to germinate after several hours and later on pollen tubes grew in various, directions. Microscopic analysis of pollinated ovules cultured for 24 hours revealed the presence of pollen tubes inside the embryo sacs. It was not possible to find the process of fertilization, however, in certain embryo sacs additional -nuclei of unknown origin - probably hybrid endosperm — were distinguished. There are no data on pollen germination and pollen tube growth on the immature ovules. We have presumed that a pollen tube when present on the surface of an ovule may enter the ovule in spite of the lack of a mature embryo sac. On the basis of our preliminary investigations we found that in cultured immature ovules of Melandrium album the process of megagametogenesis was not distorted and that mature embryo sacs were formed several days after inoculation. Knowing this we cultured and pollinated ovules at the stages of 1-, 2- and 4-nucleate embryo sacs. Pollen grains germinated abundantly and their tubes spread all around the ovules / Pigs. 8,9 /. In the dissectioned ovules remnants of pollen tubes were sporadically observed inside the micropylar end of the embryo sacs. At present we are not able to explain what happened with the
421
Pig. 8. Germinating pollen grain / arrow / of Melandrium album on the immature ovule of M» album / ovule at the stage of 2-nucleate embryo sac /» Pig. 9. Pollen tube of M» album entering the micropyle / arrow / of the immature ovule of M» album» two: male gametes after entering the pollen tube inside the micro— pylar region. In certain immature ovules which were cultured for 72 hours the number of nuclei inside the immature embryo sacs increased. Their size and location were different from those of the control material»
Discussion There are certain species which can be reproduced sexually by applying the method of test-tube pollination of ovules» Unfortunatelly, the number of hybrids obtained in test tubes is very limited. One of the main obstacles which hinders the development of hybrids among species belonging to remote taxonomical groups is the lack of suitable methods for culturing the globular hybrid embryos» A s was shown in our report as well as in other papers / 8,2,1° /» present we are not able to induce proembryos to develop further on media. There is a n urgent need to carry out investigations in this direction in order to find the most efficient methods for the culture of proembryos. Only then can the value of method of wide crosses in test tubes be appreciated. There are no data on ovule cultures at the stages of megasporogenesis and megagametogenesis. It can be presumed that in vitro both processes may proceed differently than in vivo and consequently
422 new or aberrant female gemetophytes might develop. It is quiet probable that pollination of immature ovules can also evoke certain deviation from normal development of female gametophytes. Our preliminary experiments carried out on only one species show that male gametophytes germinate on immature ovules and that pollen tubes enter immature female gametophytes. It would be of great value to induce the nuclei of immature female gametophyte or male gametes to divide and develop into embryos. The method of test-tube pollination of immature ovules may also provide answers to the following question: do pollen tubes enter the ovule at the stage of megasporogenesis if so, then can the male gametes fuse with megaspores? Whatever the value of this question its confirmation or refutation requires thorough further research.
423
References 1 • Z e n k t e l e r , M. 1980.. I n t . R e v . C y t o l . . S u p p l . 11B. 137-156» 2 . S t e w a r t , J-McD- 1981. E n v i r o n . E x p . B o t - 21_, 3 0 1 - 3 1 5 . 3.. S l a d k y , Z . , M. G r i g a , J.. J u r o c h . 1982. S c r i p t a Univ.-Purk.Brun. 1_2, 371-376. 4 . N i t s c h , J . P . 1951. Am-J-Bot. 2 8 ,
Fac.Sci.Nat.
566-577.
5.. Murashige, T . , F . Skoog. 1962. P h y s i o l . P l a n t . 1jj_, 4 7 3 - 4 9 7 . 6 . Rangaswamy, N..S. 1961. Phytomorphology 11_, 109-127. 43-46. 7 . D h a l i w a l , S . , P . J . King. 1 9 7 8 . T h e o r . A p p l . G e n e t . » 8„ S l u s a r k i e w i c z — J a r z i n a , A», M.. Z e n k t e l e r . 1983. E x p e r i e n t i a 39.1399-1400. 9 . Z e n k t e l e r , M.., G„ M e l c h e r s . 1978. T h e o r . A p p l . G e n e t .
581-90.
1 0 . Z e n k t e l e r , K.,. W„ N i t z s c h e . 1984.. T h e o r . A p p l . G e n e t . 68, 311-315.
425
CYTOGENETIC
U. Becker,
STUDIES
G.
IN C A L L U S C U L T U R E S
OF ASPARAGUS
OFF.
Reuther
I n s t i t u t für Botanik, Germany .
Forschungsanstalt
6222 G e i s e n h e i m ,
West-
Introduction Asparagus plants
is a d i o e c i o u s
are heterogametic
(xx). The
homogametic
ones
(xx)
and supermale
(yy)
In A s p a r a g u s
of e q u a l
sized spears.
called all-male of t h e
Therefore
induced.
After
from all male
testing
for
a higher
are
Subcultures of
0.5 m g / 1
lets were
1 mg/1
seed
of t h e
of t h o s e
supermale
plants
explants placed on modified
1 mg/1 NAA
and 1 mg/1
for o r g a n o g e n e s i s w e r e I A A + 0.1 m g / 1
soil.
In t h i s m a n n e r
52) of s o m e
and totally
Asparagus,the
dedifferentiated
of t h e r e g e n e r a t e s
is of g r e a t
subculture
DNA-content
steps
(jj)
of n u c l e i w e r e
com-
male
steps,
and female highly
(3)
(up
to
cultivars
organogenic uniformity
(4). T h e m a j o r p r o b l e m
in c a l l u s c e l l s , m a i n l y
(6). T h e r e f o r e
trans-
attained.
of F-^-hybrids t h e
importance
IAA
the c a l l u s b o r n p l a n t -
lines c o u l d be
for b r e e d i n g
is t h e a l t e r a t i o n of t h e p l o i d y
was
set up w i t h hormone
long-term callus cultures
callus
(2J.
Linsmaier/
IAA a n d subsequently
a few subculture
callus born plants
and the
Kin callus growth
For rooting
selected supermale,
established. After
so
BA for m a l e p l a n t s a n d 1 m g / 1
k e p t on m o d . L/S + 0.5 m g / 1
subculture
pro-
productivity
p r o p a g a t i o n m e t h o d for
2 - i P for f e m a l e p l a n t s .
ferred into
can
female
combining
for F ^ - h y b r i d
reveal
to
plants
The results
the cultivars consist
depression
from meristematic
binations
rous
selfing.
male
(xy).
vegetative
Skoog basal medium with
Using
vary
of p a r e n t p l a n t s b y c a l l u s c u l t u r e h a s b e e n t e s t e d
Starting
were
or b y
the male plants
inbreeding
are
so c a l l e d a n d r o m o n o e c i o u s
individuals.
F-^-hybrids
l a c k of a c o n v e n t i a l cloning
female plants
t h e y c a n b e u s e d as p a r e n t p l a n t s
duction.
Because
the
(1). T h o s e
fertilized with each other
ability
+
1:1. The
(xy),
f l o w e r s of g e n e t i c a l l y m a l e p l a n t s
hermaphroditic be
s p e c i e s w i t h a s e x r a t i o of
comparative
after
c a r r i e d out by c y t o p h o t o m e t r i c
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
nume-
studies of
the
measure-
426 ments, on Feulgen stained slices
(]_) • For each staining series con-
trol measuring was done at root sections of diploid and tetraploid Asparagus plants. In order to eliminate variations in staining density, they were used as standards for the classification of the DNAvalues found in the callus
sections.
Results The nuclear DNA-content of the roots of diploid and tetraploid Asparagus plants is shown in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2. Very clear
is the
main peak at the 2C level in the diploid root, while the tetraploid tissue has the main peak at the 4C level, as it is expected.
20
Fig.
2C
4C
8C
2C
«
8C
DNA
The DNA-values of an apical meristem of an in vivo grown spear, as it is used as expiant for starting culture, are expressed in Fig. 3. It is the normal DNA-distribution of a diploid tissue in mitotic activity, with a distinct peak at 2C. Fig. 4 is the histogram of an in vitro grown shoot tip after the first subculture step on mod. L/S + 1 mg/1 NAA + 1 mg/1 Kin. It shows a very similar DNA-profile as it is demonstrated in Fig. 3.
427 Comparing the two different callus types, the organogenic one shows greater ploidy stability than the dedifferentiated one. In Asparagus callus of high organogenic competence the 2C and 4C phases are dominant in the meristematic areas, ture steps
(Fig. 5) even after 52 subcul-
(Fig. 6).
30Fig. 5
Fig. 6
li.
2(r
2C
4C
8C
2C
i,C
8C
DNA
The measurements of the dedifferentiated callus types contrast sharply to the results of the organogenic ones. The pure callus areas show a shift from diploidy to polyploidy. Also the number of abnormal nuclei and high polyploid cells even up to 14C or more is increasing
(Fig.
7+8).
JL Fig. 8
Fig. 7
20'
2C
4C
2C
UC
5, 309-320. 18. Karp, A . , R.S. Nelson, E. Thomas, S.W.J. Bright. 1982. Chromosome v a r i a t i o n in protoplast derived potato plants. Theor. Appl. Genet. 63, 265-272. 19. Creissen, G.P. , A. Karp. 1985. Karyotypic changes in potato plants regenerated from protoplasts. Plant Cell Tissue Organ Culture 4, 171182. 2a
F i s h , N., A. Karp. 1986. Improvements in regeneration from protoplasts of potato and studies on chromosome s t a b i l i t y . 1. The effect of i n i t i a l culture media. Theor. Appl. Genet, (submitted)
21. Nelson, R . S . , A. Karp, S.W.J. B r i g h t . 1986. Ploidy v a r i a t i o n in Solanum brevidens plants regenerated from protoplasts using an improved culture system. J. Exp. Bot. (in p r e s s ) .
554 ¿L. Karp, A., R. R i s i o t t , M.G.K. Jones, S.WJ. Bright. 1985. Chromosome doubling in monohaploid and dihaploid potatoes by regeneration from c u l t u r e d leaf expiants. Plant Cell Tissue and Organ Culture, 3, 363373. 23. Sree Ramulu, K. , P. D i j k h u i s , Ch. H. Hanisch Ten Cate, B. de Groot. 1985. Patterns of DNA and chromosome v a r i a t i o n during in v i t r o growth in various genotypes of potato. Plant Sci. 41, 69-71T. 24. Kasperbauer, M.J. , G.B. C o l l i n s . 1972. Reconstitution of d i p l o i d s from l e a f t i s s u e of anther^ derived haploids of tobacco. Crop S c i . 12, 98101. 2 5. Ooms, G., A. Karp, M.M. B u r r e l l , 0. Twell, J. Roberts. 1985. Genetic modification of potato development using Ri-TDNA. Theor. Appl. Genet. 70, 440-446. 26. Ooms, G. , A. Karp, J. Itoberts. 1983. From tumour to tuber; tumour cell c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and chromsome numbers of crown-gall-derived t e t r a p l o i d potato plants (Solanum tuberosun cv. ' M a r i s B a r d ' ) . Theor. Appl. Genet. 66, 169-177:
555 IN VITRO MUTAGENESIS IN GERBERA JAMESONII
F. Walther Institute of Radioagronomy, Nuclear Research Establishment Juelich, D-5170 Juelich A. Sauer Federal Research Centre for Horticultural Plant Breeding D-2070 Ahrensburg
Introduction The demand for Gerbera jamesonii plants will be covered more and more by in vitro propagation. The laboratories in the Netherlands produced in 1984 about 10 million Gerbera plants by this method and a further increase is expected for the near future (1). Such a well known technique provides the opportunity to include mutation experiments in commercial breeding programs for Transvaal Daisy. This may have a similar significance as for other species, namely the development of a 'family of cultivars' from an economically important one as practised for many years in several plant species such as Chrysanthemum, Dahlia, Achimenes, Streptocarpus, Saintpaulia etc. (2). With the intention of applying mutation induction procedures for further improvement of Gerbera Walther & Sauer (3) very recently completed investigations with the aim of finding a parameter to determine the radiosensitivity of different idiotypes. Such experiments have to be considered an important prerequisite for any mutation induction experiment. It was the aim of these investigations to learn something about the X-ray induceable mutability in Gerbera.
Material and methods The pot-grown advanced clonal line 'A 26' with dark red coloured flowers was in vitro propagated on solid MS-medium Skoog-medium)
(Murashige-
(4) containing 0.1 ppm NAA (naphthaleneacetic acid),
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
556 2 ppm BAP (6-benzylamino purine), 3 % sucrose and 0.6 % Oxoid-agar. Regeneration of axillary shoots was sufficiently high under 16 h photoperiod
(1.000 lx warm tone Philips TL 65W/34) and a tempera-
ture regime of 25° C. In vitro derived microshoots with leaflets 5 - 7
mm long were placed in petri-dishes on the above mentioned
solid MS-medium and X-irradiated with doses of 10, 15, 20 or 25 Gy (1 Gy = 100 R). Ten in vitro shoots represented one replication/ dose. The experiment consisted of three replications resulting in an X-ray treatment of 30 explants in each variant. The technical data of the X-ray machine were: 12 mA, 150 kV, 1.7 mm Al-filter resulting in a dose rate of 0.9 Gy min ^. Regenerated shoots were cut off four weeks after X-irradiation and on three subsequent dates with intervals of 4 weeks each. After the cut off the shoots were placed for a further two weeks on the same MS-medium as before for shoot elongation. They were then rooted on 1/3 strength MS-medium
(macro- and micro-components) containing
2 ppm IAA (3-indoleacetic acid) and cultivated under the same environmental conditions as for shoot growth. About 21 days later the plantlets could be transferred from growth chamber to the greenhouse. Pricking them into a special Gerbera peat-soil mixture and keeping the young plants for about 1.0 days under humid conditions resulted in a survival rate of 91 % in the mean. Later the plants were potted into another kind of peat-soil mixture and cultivated up to flowering. The developing plants were often inspected and those carrying changed character(s) as compared with the control plants were marked with a sticker and thoroughly described as mutants. During several months of cultivation each mutant developed numerous flowers and the selected plants were checked two to three times for control of their mutant type. In case of differences to the first description as mutant they were classified as control plants and rejected as such.
Results Type of X-ray Induced Mutants The total number of 622 M^-plants regenerated from X-ray treated explants arose from 30 explants/dose and from the cut off on four subsequent dates.
557 Classifying the different phenotypes in groups of mutants with a similar main character facilitates the description of the X-ray induced population. Most of the mutative changes referred to decreased length of the stalk: 42 % of all mutants. The next frequent mutant type belonged to that with changed flower size and colour and here the most striking mutative event concerned the alteration of the length or width of the petals (30 %). The colour of petals was expected to be altered in many mutants, but this was not the case (19 %). Only some types had small changes of the red tone to tint or to shade. Some of the mutants showed dark red petals with yellow stripes differing in their number and width from flower to flower in one and the same plant. Later a flower with a pure yellow sector was found. As already mentioned above, the size of the flower differed in some mutants as a result of a mutation determining the shape or size of the petals but there were also some types with an increased number of circles of petals resulting in an almost filled flower.Another notable mutation affected the size and shape of the leaves (6 %). To get an impression on this mutated character some examples are presented in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1: X-ray induced alteration of leaf size and shape
558 A few mutants flowered about one week earlier than the control plants. - Among the mutants a wide range of variability was present. The above described mutated traits appeared as solely altered ones in about 41 % of all mutants. Two mutations in one plant were detected in 40 % and more than two in the remaining types. X-ray Dose Dependent Mutability In every mutation induction experiment the mutation rate will be influenced by the applied dose, by the number of treated plants, shoots etc., by the radiosensitivity of the cultivar as well as by the number of plants inspected for mutants. It should be valid also for in vitro mutation induction experiments to receive the highest 'output' by applying a minimum expenditure of 'input1. In this context the regeneration rate of X-irradiated explants on subsequent dates of cut off may become important. In Fig. 2 the influence of X-ray doses on shoot regeneration is demonstrated.
control
10 Gy
15Gy
20Gy
25Gy
Fig. 2: Influence of X-ray doses on regeneration rate; total number of regenerated microshoots = 100 % The control explants regenerated the most shoots on the date of the second cut off. In the variants 10, 15 and 20 Gy the maximum portion was found on the third date whereas in the 25 Gy variant the highest number was produced on the fourth date. This dose de-
559 pendent shifting of the maximum regeneration rate must be considered a typical aspect of in vitro induction experiments
(5). It should
be pointed out that this delay results in every case also in a decrease of the total number of produced shoots over a limited period (3) . In general, the X-ray dose dependent mutability is expressed as mutation or mutant rate. Only the last mentioned mutant rate can be calculated here. Among 662 M^-plants cultivated up to flowering, 90 mutants were detected and confirmed, i.e. the overall mutant rate was 14 %. As mentioned before numerous plants carried more than one mutation and this resulted in a higher number of mutations as compared with that for mutants. In total 149 mutations were registered and the percentage of mutations/dose was calculated as follows: 10 Gy = 21 % ; 15 Gy = 30 %; 20 Gy = 38 % and 25 Gy = 11 %. In Fig. 3 the mutant rate per dose is demonstrated.
307.
20-
10-
10 Gy
15Gy
20Gy
25Gy
Fig. 3: Percentage of mutants/X-ray dose; number of M 1 -plants/dose = 100 % The portion of mutants among the different induced populations increased up to a maximum after 20 Gy and was decreased in the 25 Gy variant.
560 The cutting off of M^-microshoots took place on four subsequent dates and it may be worthwhile to investigate which date is the most effective one with regard to mutant selection.
7.
10 Gy
15Gy
20 Gy
25Gy
Fig. 4: Relationship between date of cut off shoots and mutant rate; total number of shoots/date of cut off = 100 % The first and second date of cut off yielded the highest portion of mutants with the exception of the 25 Gy variant; the last may be influenced by the extremely low number of shoots regenerated on the first date. Considering the total mutability induced by a certain X-ray dose and calculating the percentage of mutants induced on the four subsequent dates it can be recognized that after relatively low doses (10 & 15 Gy) the maximum portion of mutants arose on the second date of cut off. This maximum effect will be shifted to a later date in the case of increasing doses: 20 Gy = 3rd and 25 Gy = 4th date.
Discussion and conclusions The mutation induction experiments conducted as model investigations resulted in the development of plants with mutated traits, i.e. in the expected increase of variability. Mutants could be selected
561
carrying changes of almost every character being important for further improvement of .Gerbera cultivars. With regard to the present efforts made towards the development of pot-grown Transvaal Daisy, the high portion of mutations for stalk length and for varying flower size, as well as for decreased leafsize being induced independently from each other, should be of certain interest for Gerbera breeders. Now, it may be possible to develop lines - by means of in vitro mutation induction - differing only in stalk length, but by retaining all the other important traits of the economically significant original cultivar.
Fig. 5: Mutants with different length of the stalk For a cultivar already propagated by in vitro culture the procedure to provide a mutant collection needs a space of time as long as for the development of flowering plants from seeds (about 5 months). The number of mutants with altered colour of the flower was an unexpectedly small one. This may depend on the idiotype used
(nonchimera (?)) or on the strength of the X-ray dose applied.
Possibly such mutants can be induced only by very high X-ray doses also in Gerbera jamesonii as is known from carnation (6, 7) and roses (8). Taking the results described above as a basis, the following recommendations can be made for practical mutation induction experiments in Gerbera: - Gerbera jamesonii is well suited for mutation induction using X- or gamma-irradiation of in vitro derived microshoots. - The X-ray dose to be applied on a certain cultivar should be determined in test-experiments; the doses may be in the range of about 20 Gy of hard X-rays or gamma-rays resp.
562
- Axillary shoots regenerated by explants treated with ionizing radiation should be cut off on at least two or even more subsequent dates. - Plants carrying distinctly changed characters as compared with the original ones have to be checked for their altered trait(s) several times during their growth time for confirmation. Summary Applying X-ray doses between 10 and 25 Gy on in vitro derived axillary shoots of Gerbera jamesonii resulted in the induction of mutants with changes of the length of the stalks and the petals and in such with different size and shape of the flowers and in numerous types with a varied size and shape of leaves as well as in others with a different physiological behaviour. The percentage of mutants was highest in the 20 Gy population. Most impressive was the great portion (42 %) of mutants with a decreased length of the stalk compared with the original plants. This allows the breeder to develop e.g. a 'cultivar family1 consisting of members differing only in the length of their stalks.
References 1. Anonymous. 1985. Deutscher Gartenbau
1448.
2. Broertjes, C., A.M. van Harten. 1978. Application of Mutation Breeding Methods in the Improvement of Vegetatively Propagated Crops. Elsevier Scientific Publ.Comp. Amsterdam/Oxford/New York. 3. Walther, F., A. Sauer. 1985. Proc.Int.Symp. on Nuclear Techn. and in Vitro Culture for Plant Improvement, Wien, IAEA-SM-282 (in press) 4. Murashige, T. , F. Skoog. 1 962 . Physiol. Plant. _15v 473. 5. Walther, F., A. Sauer. 1985. Acta Hort, (in press) 6. Sparnaay, L.D. 1974. In: Meeting of the Mutation Breeding Contact Group, Wageningen, Oct. 1974. (Broertjes, C. Ed.) External Rep. No. 23, Euratom-ITAL, Wageningen, p. 28. 7. Sparnaay, L.D., J.F. Demmink, F. Garretsen. 1974. In: Eucarpia Meeting on Ornamentals Frejus Inst.Hort.Plant Breed., Wageningen p. 39. 8. Walther, F., A. Sauer. 1985. Proc.Int.Symp. on the Research and Cultivation of Roses, Tel-Aviv, Israel (in press)
563
IN VITRO MUTAGENESIS IN MAIZE
F.J. Novak, T. Hermelin, S. Daskalov FAO/IAEA Agricultural Biotechnology Laboratory A-2444 Seibersdorf, Austria M. Nesticky Maize Research Institute Trnava, Czechoslovakia
Abstract The objective of our work is to assess somaclonal and radiation induced variability in totipotent (somatic embryogenesis) in vitro culture of maize. Plants of the inbred line CHI-31 were selfpollinated and immature embryos (1-1.2 mm long) were irradiated with gamma rays at 0, 5 and 10 Gy, respectively. They were immediately excised and cultured in vitro. The somatic embryogenesis and plant regeneration were induced on N-6 medium supplemented with 2.5 yM 2,4-D. The variability was evaluated in the R^ and M^R^ plants and their progenies. Irradiation did not change the spectrum of morphological and chlorophyll variants in R^ and generations, respectively. Progenies of R^ plants were tested in the field and increased variability was found in five characteristics, i.e. height of plants, ear position, length of ear, number of rows on the cob, number of kernels in a row, when compared with the standard line. Tests were made of the progenies of regenerants for combination ability by means of top-cross method. The differences between somaclonal and radiation induced variability are discussed and the in vitro system for maize mutation breeding is considered.
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
564 Introduction In the past few years there has been an increased interest in a new phenomenon of tissue culture induced genetic variation. This variability - referred to as somaclonal variation (1) occurs in plant tissue culture systems without mutagen application. However, physical and/or chemical mutagens may significantly influence the frequency and spectrum of mutants among the progenies of regenerated plants from tissue culture. Evaluation of mutagen induced variability must be considered in relation to the somaclonal variation when induced mutagenesis is applied in tissue and cell cultures. The objective of our work is to assess somaclonal and radiation induced variability in in vitro culture system of maize.
Materials and Methods Plants of the inbred line CHI-31 were self-pollinated and immature embryos (1 to 1.2 mm long) were used in the following experimental procedures (Fig. 1): (1) ES - Plants from zygotic embryos in situ: The immature cobs were irradiated with gamma rays at 0, 5 and 10 Gy, respectively, and caryopses were maturated on the plants. The plants from irradiated embryos in situ (M^ generations) were selfpollinated to obtain seeds of M^ generation. (2) ET - Plants from somatic embryos in vitro: The zygotic embryos were exposed as stated above, but immediately after gamma irradiation they were excised and cultured in vitro. Embryos were cultured individually in test-tubes with the scutellum facing upwards and the plumule and radicle sides in contact with agar. The basal nutrient medium was N-6 (2) containing 2.5 yM 2,4-D (2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) and 120 g/1 sucrose. After 120 days in the culture the embryogenic calli were transferred onto the hormone-free N-6 medium with 60 g/1 sucrose. Some plantlets were cultured on MS medium (3) supplemented with 2 yM NAA (anaphtha-leneacetic acid) to promote rooting. The fully developed plantlets were aseptically transplanted into perlite saturated with half-strength MS mineral solution and after 14-day-culture in
565 Fig. 1.
Schematic representation of experimental procedures to assess induced and somaclonal variations in maize
SELF POLLINATION / A
iK
SELF
/\
POLLINATION zygotic embryo ( Imm) in situ irradiation
7 \
o * o »••'Ï
r
SEED MATURATION
n I
HARVEST © Q
SH 1 3 C 3 a 0 W 3 O
K Cn
fi
g
£ IN
1
*—
^
•a in ai -P .C fi o m (d h a; CM u
•
m
a) T I 0
>
•rH
cu T i (U VH 3 -P rH 3 O T I c
«
rH 0
^
4-> a 0 o
•
•H K
ra 0 > i
fi
0 -H -P Cd
^
Q)
fi
01
en 0) in
-M c rd
IH a i 0 c a) 3 Ö1 01 (-1 h
i N
£
«
fi •rH
>1 Ü C
— ,•
Q 1 T
m ai SH
3 •P rH 3 O
— •
m
-P c m rH a X ai
—
n i n
CN
m CO CN
n
—
—
.
rH en
kO
m
en
CN
o a i oo
CN r-» o rH
CO O i n
•
T-S" CN
•
u) (U ra a)
si
•P c
1 M X) g U
> i -p •rl m Ü " 3 C T 01 •H t d < * > 01 C DJ — ^ UH a) (d 0 PH 0 Cn
m m
n
CN T
•
«
n i n
c •H
Ln
100
R
H
0
(1983-84) plant
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed in Germany
year
after
regeneration
582
Analysis of progenies obtained from régénérants
Regenerated plants
X
Original population
Plants obtained regenerants
were
-15 contrasting R - •propagationby scions 72 R
»half-sib pollination
0
»15 plants-
from self compared
•self pollination
• self pollination
and half-sib pollination plus scions of under
field
conditions
according
to
a
randomized block design with three replicates during 1985.
Results
Evaluation of callus-derived population
Table
1.
Significance
between seed-derived
levels
(sampling
and callus-derived
within seed-derived population, population,
1983-84) of:
a) variance
populations,
b) variance
c) variance within
callus-derived
d) ratio between variances of seed and callus derived
populations.
Plant height
83—^—84 ** *
83-^-84 ** **
83-^-84 ** ns
83——84 ns **
DMY
**
**
**
**
**
**
ns
**
Stem number
*
**
**
**
ns
ns
**
**
Flowering time
*
*
**
**
**
**
ns
**
Stem diameter
**
ns
**
**
**
**
ns
ns
Leaflet length
**
ns
**
**
ns
ns
*
**
Leaflet width
**
ns
**
**
**
ns
ns
**
Number of pods
ns
**
**
**
**
**
ns
ns
Number of seeds/pod **
**
**
**
**
**
ns
ns
Seed yield
**
**
*
**
*
ns
ns
ns
ns=not significant; *=P$0.05; *»=P*0.01
583 1)
Within
callus-derived
significant
phenotypic
regeneration. plant
2)
"in
variants
completely
vitro and
several
variance
Minus
regeneration
depressive
population
effect"
seed
characters
three
years
observed
derived
after
during
disappeared; decreases
2nd
it
with
year
after
indicates
time.
3)
that
Variance
callus
years.
4) F o r all t r a i t s e v a l u a t e d , v a r i a n t s s u p e r i o r to the p l a n t
superior
to
the
best
induction were
plants
of
is
plant
within
i n i t i a l l y u s e d for c a l l u s
populations
displaied
similar
observed.
original
5)
in
both
Régénérants
population
were
not
present. A n a l y s i s of p r o g e n i e s o b t a i n e d f r o m
T a b l e 2.
Significance
of c a l l u s - d e r i v e d
levels of:
plants;
b)
régénérants
a) v a r i a n c e among self
ratio b e t w e e n
variances
of s e e d
c a l l u s d e r i v e d self p r o g e n i e s ; c) v a r i a n c e among h a l f - s i b of c a l l u s - d e r i v e d p l a n t s ;
d,e)
progenies and
progenies
regression between régénérants
and
t h e i r respective h a l f - s i b and self p r o g e n i e s . b
c
*
*
ns
*
*
*
ns
*
Leaflet width
*
*
ns
*
*
Petiole
ns
*
*
*
*
ns
ns
*
*
a N u m b e r of Leaflet
Stem
seeds/pod
length
length
diameter
1) A m o n g
the
self
p r o g e n i e s of
d
e *
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
*
ns
*
*
callus-derived plants
the
presence
of g e n e t i c v a r i a n c e w a s o b s e r v e d for some traits, this v a r i a n c e not
significantly
progenies
of
different
seed-derived
respect
plants.
to No
that
observed
significant
f o u n d b e t w e e n r é g é n é r a n t s and the m e a n v a l u e s of self 2)
Among
significant
the
half-sib
genetic
progenies
variance
was
of
the
observed
among
all
self
regression
was
progenies.
callus-derived for
was
the
plants
evaluated
traits, m o r e o v e r for some of them a s i g n i f i c a n t r e g r e s s i o n w i t h the régénérants was
observed
584 References
1.
Larkin, Novel
P.J. Source
a n d W . R . S c o w c r o f t . 1981. S o m a c l o n a l of
Variability
Improvement. Theor.Appl.Genet.
2.
from
Cell
Cultures
Variation-a for
60,197-214.
M a r i o t t i D., M . P e z z o t t i , E . F a l i s t o c c o a n d S . A r c i o n i . 1 9 8 4 . Regeneration
Plant
Plant
from L e a f - d e r i v e d C a l l u s of L o t u s c o r n i c u l a t u s L.
cv.Franco. Genet.Agr.
38,219-223.
585 POTENTIAL SYSTEM FOR THE SPECIFIC SELECTION OF PLANT MUTANTS OVERPRODUCING METHIONINE De Bry L. '•2, Jacobs M. 1 . Wallsgrove R. M . 2 & Mlflln B. J. 2 , (1) Plantengenetica, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Paardenstraat 65, B - 1 6 4 0 Sint-Genesius Rode, Belgium. ( 2 ) Biochemistry, Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts, AL5 2JQ, U.K. An increased level of free methionine is a desirable agricultural trait in plants, and is the ultimate goal of this work. Methionine biosynthesis is traditionally presented as one end-product of the aspartate pathway (I). This pathway shows the close relationships between methionine and several of the other essential amino acids: lysine, threonine and isoleucine. We prefer to present is as a "cross" of some biochemical pathways: aspartate pathway, sulphate assimilation pathway and one carbon unit pathway. (flg.l).
Fig. 1: Methionine pathway. This presentation emphasizes the three origins of methionine biosynthesis, and its three ways of utilisation. It also shows the possible main sites of action In vivo of:Propargylglycine on cystathionine - ) f - synthase. I
1 —'
Ethlonlneon methionine transaminase, end Selenomethionine on methionine adenosyltransferase end methlorryl - tRNA synthetase
586 The regulation of amino acid biosynthesis Is widely Investigated by the use of amino acid analogues to select mutants which are altered in their ability to regulate the synthesis of the natural amino Kids (2). Resistance to amino acid analogues can arise by a number of mechanisms: (a) inhibition of analogue transport, (b) decreased affinity for analogue of competitively inhibited or end-product sensitive enzyme, (c) overproduction of analogue-sensistive enzyme, (d) aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase with decreased affinity for analogue, (e) activation of DNA repair against a mutagenic analogue, (f) increased catabolism of the analogue, and (g) overproduction of natural amino acids. A positive procedure, In which wild-type and undesirable resistant mutant cells would be killed, would be rapid and simple. Methionine reverses the combined inhibition of propargylglycine, selenomethionine and ethionine (fig. 1 & 2) (3). The isolation of mutants resistant to this combined inhibition (fig.3) may result in the specific selection of plants overproducing methionine.
587 Leeues of Nicotiniana Plumbaginifolia Uiuiani
i Treatment luith cellulolytic enzymes
i
Protoplasts Mutagenic treatment
I
Colonies Screening in a selection medium containing propargylglycine, selenomethionine and ethionine
i
Identification and propagation or the resistant mutants
F i g . 3 : S e l e c t i o n scheme for the potential s p e c i f i c i s o l a t i o n of mutants o v e r p r o d u c i n g methionine
References: (1) Chalef R. S. (1981). Genetics of Higher Plants. Cambridge University Press, pp 184. (2) Negrutiu L.Cattoir-ReynaertsA., Verbruggen I. and Jacobs M. (1984). Theor.Appl. 6enet. 68: 11-20.. (3) De Br/ L., Walsgrove R. M., Bright S. W. J., Miflin B. J. & Jacobs M. (1985) (In preparation).
589 E N H A N C E M E N T OF A S U L A M RESISTANCE IN B A R L E Y
H . A . Collin, P.D. Putwain, S.C. Giffard Botany Department, University of Liverpool, P.O. Box 147, Liverpool L69 3BX U.K.
Introduction
The development of new herbicides within the current registration regulations is a long and costly process.
An alternative approach would be to make use of the variability
shown by crop plants to herbicides, then by selection to obtain crop varieties resistant to the herbicides (1).
This approach has been succesful for perennial rye grass and paraquat
resistance (2, 3) and oil seed rape and atrazine and simazine resistance ( 10»
0 x R
22
11
65
(0 x R) selfed
32
18
¿16
77 x M
0
0
77 x R
12
6
(77 x R) selfed
25
in
> 104 39 37 > 1011
118 x M
0
0
118 x R
17
5
27
(118 x R) selfed
65
26
55
0
0
27 x M
> 10«
27 x R
till
0
56
(27 x R) selfed
80
0
19
0
0
> 10«
58 x M 58 x R
13
0
51
(58 x R) selfed
81
0
20
85 x M
0
0
85 x R
33
0
27
(85 x R) selfed
65
0
21
> 10«
Fig. 2: Differential segregation into fertile, 1/2 fertile and sterile plants among the progeny of sterile plants bearing an Ogura radish cytoplasm (0) or cybrid cytoplasms (77. 118, 27. 58, 85) crossed by either a maintainer line (M) or a heterozygous restorer line (R) and among the progeny of self-pollinated restored plants.
658 - The original c.m.s "0" radish cytoplasm as well as cybrid cytoplasms (77, 118, 27. 58, 85) are restored by the R. line, confirming that cybrids actually retained the male sterility character present in the c.m.s parent of fusion and ruling out two other possibilities :
in vitro
induced variation leading to c.m.s.
and a new c.m.s. character created by recombination between parental Mt DNA. - In the case of 0, 77 and 118 cytoplasms the progeny segregate into three different phenotypes: fertile, half fertile and sterile. So at least two restorer genes are evidenced. In the case of cybrids 27, 58, 85 the progeny segregate into only two different phenotypes, and these ratios are in agreement with the need of only one restorer gene. In order to interpret these results, taking into account Mt DNA recombination as shown by molecular analysis, we must assume that 0 mitochondrial DNA bears more than one c.m.s factor and that 27, 58 and 85 recombinants possess fewer c.m.s factors. The simplest hypothesis is to consider that 0 mitochondria lead to c.m.s for two independant reasons : the "Ogura" male sterility already expressed in radish (13) and the alloplasmic male sterility expressed when radish mitochondria are in the presence of a Brassica nucleus (Id). Mt DNA recombination makes it possible to genetically separate these two factors and to give a simpler system of restoration in some cases (cybrids 27, 58, 85). In fact this male fertility restoration system raised an unexpected problem rendering it up to now of no use for hybrid seed production. Among segregating progeny of self-pollinated restored plants, a dramatic decrease of female fertility is observed (15) as illustrated in fig. 3. Male fertile plants are always less female fertile than male sterile plants in the same progeny and we were unable to observe a genetic segregation between male fertility restoration and female sterility traits. Female sterility is due to the abortion of embryo sacs, Just after female meiosis curiously at the same time male gametogenesis is blocked in c.m.s 0. If the restorer genes are actually the genes responsible of this female sterility, this observation would be of great interest in the understanding of the physiology of sterility.
659
Male sterile Seeds per silica
+
+
18.6 -
Restored male fertile (type II)
Restored male fertile (type I)
1.3
¡1,28 -
+
0,6
0,58 -
0,25
Fig. 3: Numbers of seeds per silica in male sterile and restored male fertile plants showing the decrease of female fertility. Strategy for localizing the c.m.s factors on Mt. DNA The comparison between physical maps of Mt DNA of cybrids could makes it possible to localize the c.m.s factors. To reach this goal, we have to obtain a sterile plant and a fertile plant differing only by these genes. The strategy used consists in back-fusion experients in which c.m.s cybrids are fused again with fertile plants, in order to get an almost normal ( B. nanus ) Mt genome with only the c.m.s genes from radish, and
reciprocally,
fertile cybrids are fused with plants bearing 0 cytoplasm to get a radish Mt genome with only the fertility genes from
B. napus .
Cybrids in these experiments are screened, according to Fig. U, by taking advantage of the following two cytoplasmic
traits:
c.m.s/fertility and atrazine resistance sensitivity. The Mt DNA analysis of the first generation of back fusion cybrids is now in progress. Conclusion In summary, it is possible in Brassica napus to create new cytoplasmic associations which are of great interest for plant breeding. The material we have obtained is now used by breeders of rape and cabbage. This material also offers the opportunity to better understand the mechanisms of Mt DNA recombination which appears to be site specific, and in the future, to know which genes are implicated in the c.m.s.
phenomenon.
660 m.fertile
c. m. s Atr
s
Atr R
(+)
Screening for c.m. s Atr R
m. fertile (+)
Atr s
Screening for c.m. s Atr s Fig. 1: Back-fusion cybrids are obtained by screening "recombined" combinations between c.m.s/fertility and Atr R /Atr^ traits present in reverse forms in the parents. In this figure, almost normal ( B. napus ) mt genomes with only c.m.s genes are sought.
References
1. Bannerot, H., L. Boulidard., Y. Chupeau. 1977. Unexpected difficulties met with the radish cytoplasm. Eucarpia Cruciferae Newsletter 2 , 26. 2. Hirschberg, J., L. Mc Intosch. 1983. Molecular basis of herbicide resistance in Amaranthus hvbridus . Science. 222 . 1346-13*19. 3. Belliard, G., F. Vedel, G. Pelletier. 1979- Mitochondrial recombination in cytoplasmic hybrids of Nlcotlana tabacum protoplast fusion. Nature. 2&1 . 101-103-
by
1. Levings, C.S.III., B.D. Kim, D.R. Pring, M.F. Mans, J.R. Laughnan, S. Gabay-Laughnan. 1980. Cytoplasmic reversion of c.m.s-S in maize: association with a transpositional event. Science 2£2 , 1021-10235- Bannerot, H., L. Boulidard, Y. Cauderon, J. Temp6. 1971. Transfer of cytoplasmic male sterility from Raphanus satlvus to Brassica oleracea . Proc. Eucarpia Meeting Cruciferae, 52 . 6. Pelletier, G., C. Primard, F. Vedel, P. Chetrit, R. R6my, P. Rousselle, M. Renard. 1983. Intergeneric cytoplasmic hybridization in cruciferae by protoplast fusion. Mol. Gen. Genet. , 211-250.
661
7. Vedel, F.. C. Mathieu, P. Lebacq, F. Ambard-Bretteville, R. Remy. 1982. Comparative macromolecular analysis of the cytoplasms of normal and cytoplasmic male sterile Brassica nanus . Theor. Appl. Genet. £2 , 255-262. 8. Maltais, B., C.J. Bouchard. 1978. Une moutarde des oiseaux ( B. EâEâ . L.) résistante à l'atrazine. Phytoprotection. , 117-119. 9. Beversdorf, W.D., J. Weiss-Lerman, L.R. Erickson, Souza-Machado. 1980. Transfert of cytoplasmically triazine resistance from birds rape to cultivated ( B. campestris and B. nanus ). Can. J. Genet. 167-172.
V. inherited oil seed rape Cytol. 22. .
10. Chetrit, P., C. Mathieu, F. Vedel, G. Pelletier, C. Primard. 1985. Mitochondrial DNA polymorphison induced by protoplast fusion in cruciferae. Theor. Appl. Genet. , 361-366. 11. Palmer, J.D., C.R. Shields. 1984. Tripartite structure of the Brassica campestris mitochondrial genome. Nature. 307 , 437-440. 12. Chetrit, P., C. Mathieu, J.P. Muller, F. Vedel. 1984. Physical and gene mapping of cauliflower ( Brassica oleracea ) mitochondrial DNA. Curr. Genet. £ , ¿113-421. 13. Ogura, H. 1968. Studies of the new male sterility in radish with special reference to the utilization of this sterility towards the practical raising of hybrid seeds. Mem. Fac. Agric. Kagoshina University, £ , 39-78. 14. Mc. Collum, G.D. 1981. Induction of an alloplasmic male sterile Brassica oleracea by substituting cytoplasm from "early scarlet globe" radish ( Raph'anus satlvus ). Euphytica , 855-859. 15. Sahli, M. 1984. Etudes sur la restauration de la fertilité du colza mâle stérile porteur du cytoplasme ogura du radis. Dipl. Etud. Approf. Université Rennes 1.
663 SOMATIC H Y B R I D I Z A T I O N AND CYBRIDI Z A T I O N AS FOR AND
WIDENING
OF
POTENTIAL
THE GENE-POOLS O F CROPS WITHIN
METHODS
BRASSICACEAE
SOLANACEAE.
K. G l i m e l i u s ,
3. F a h l e s s o n , C . S j ö d i n , E. S u n d b e r g ,
M.
Djup-
s j öbacka. Department tural
of P l a n t B r e e d i n g ,
Sciences. Uppsala,
Swedish University
of
Agricul-
Sweden.
H . Fe 11 n e r - F e 1 d e g g . Department
of P a t h o l o g y ,
Sciences. Uppsala, H.T.
Swedish
of
Agricultural
Sweden.
Bonnett.
Department 97403
of B i o l o g y , U n i v e r s i t y
techniques
genes
of
one plant
terest
to p l a n t
incompatible bination genes
have made cell w i t h
breeders,
species
can
can be p r o d u c e d .
combined
Eugene,
respects. The genetic
extreme
likely
Oregon
to
species
any
comthat
is u n l i k e l y
will
function
and
speciation
following
in-
sexually
In p r i n c i p l e it
the
is of
between
in a d e g r e e of
development
combine
together which
diversity fusions
which
between
combinations.
Isolated
plant
ridizations combined
protoplasts
where
both
g e n o m e of
only
hybrids within
will have
species
for
be d i s c u s s e d been
for
genome
interspecific and
species. The other
the c y t o p l a s m
the o t h e r
aspects
can be u s e d
the n u c l e a r
f r o m two p a r e n t a l
combine
cybrids
the b a r r i e r s
isolation
results
prevent
possible
of a n o t h e r . T h i s
in p r a c t i c e
from unrelated
during evolution
two
Oregon,
be b y p a s s e d . But
in all
will m o s t
it that
since
occurs
where
of
U.S.A.
Protoplast
to
University
are
possibility
is
f r o m one s p e c i e s w i t h production and
produced
of
within
the
cybrids.
illustrated
hyb-
the p l a s m o n
by
Genetic Manipulation in Plant Breeding © 1986 Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin • New York - Printed In Germany
These
experiments
§£.a§.!i£aceae
SoUnaceae.
total
and
664 A.
SOMATIC
In
order
used
to
investigate
a
complement
as
various
HYBRIDIZATION
techniques
brassicaceous tolerance
to
seed
rape
(1,
sexual
e.g.
the
2)
cabbage
pulated
¿n_\u_tj-o
In
of
some
genetic These most
of
traits
producing oil
too
been in
Attempts
have
limited
there
are
Therefore,
been
sexual
success
tions.
several
with
broaden
Culture
and
differentiation
culture
high
plating
Young tyl
conditions
within
efficiences
hypocotyls
protoplasts
start
to
divide
nies
with
then
plated
division high
10-20 on
and
are come
within
media
the
growth
of
the
culture
of
results
in
to
most
or
oil-
mani-
pool
(1,
an
calli,
most
a
2 days better
in
after
these
spite
of
species,
the
combina-
interest
as
a
Brassiceae.
from
various
resulting
frequencies
protoplasts.
Hypoco-
tissue
culture.
Small
are of
l